|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
17 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
18 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
19 #endif
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
|
|
|
22 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
|
|
|
23 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
25 /*
|
|
|
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
|
|
|
27 */
|
|
|
28 int
|
|
|
29 get_indent()
|
|
|
30 {
|
|
|
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
32 }
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
34 /*
|
|
|
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
|
|
|
36 */
|
|
|
37 int
|
|
|
38 get_indent_lnum(lnum)
|
|
|
39 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
40 {
|
|
|
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
42 }
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
45 /*
|
|
|
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
|
|
|
47 * "buf".
|
|
|
48 */
|
|
|
49 int
|
|
|
50 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
51 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
52 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
53 {
|
|
|
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
55 }
|
|
|
56 #endif
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 /*
|
|
|
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
|
|
|
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
|
|
|
61 */
|
|
164
|
62 int
|
|
7
|
63 get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
|
|
|
64 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
65 int ts;
|
|
|
66 {
|
|
|
67 int count = 0;
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
|
|
|
70 {
|
|
|
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
|
|
|
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
|
|
|
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
|
|
|
75 else
|
|
|
76 break;
|
|
|
77 }
|
|
164
|
78 return count;
|
|
7
|
79 }
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 /*
|
|
|
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
|
|
|
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
|
|
|
85 * "flags":
|
|
|
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
|
|
|
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
|
|
|
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
|
|
|
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
90 */
|
|
|
91 int
|
|
|
92 set_indent(size, flags)
|
|
1324
|
93 int size; /* measured in spaces */
|
|
7
|
94 int flags;
|
|
|
95 {
|
|
|
96 char_u *p;
|
|
|
97 char_u *newline;
|
|
|
98 char_u *oldline;
|
|
|
99 char_u *s;
|
|
|
100 int todo;
|
|
1324
|
101 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
|
|
7
|
102 int line_len;
|
|
|
103 int doit = FALSE;
|
|
1324
|
104 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
|
|
7
|
105 int tab_pad;
|
|
217
|
106 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
1359
|
107 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
|
|
1324
|
108 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
|
|
7
|
109
|
|
|
110 /*
|
|
|
111 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
|
|
|
112 * characters needed for the indent.
|
|
|
113 */
|
|
|
114 todo = size;
|
|
|
115 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
116 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
118 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
|
|
|
119 * isn't already set */
|
|
|
120
|
|
1324
|
121 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
|
|
|
122 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
|
|
|
123 * beginning of the line to be copied */
|
|
|
124 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
|
|
7
|
125 {
|
|
|
126 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
127 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
128 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
129 {
|
|
|
130 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 /* count as many characters as we can use */
|
|
|
133 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
134 {
|
|
|
135 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
136 {
|
|
|
137 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
138 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
139 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
140 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
141 break;
|
|
|
142 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
143 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
144 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
145 }
|
|
|
146 else
|
|
|
147 {
|
|
|
148 --todo;
|
|
|
149 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
150 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
151 }
|
|
|
152 ++p;
|
|
|
153 }
|
|
|
154
|
|
1324
|
155 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
|
|
|
156 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
|
|
|
157 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
158 orig_char_len = ind_len;
|
|
|
159
|
|
7
|
160 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
161 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
1359
|
162 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
|
|
7
|
163 {
|
|
|
164 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
165 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
166 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
167 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
|
|
|
168 }
|
|
|
169 }
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
171 /* count tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
172 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
173 {
|
|
|
174 if (*p != TAB)
|
|
|
175 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
176 else
|
|
|
177 ++p;
|
|
|
178 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
179 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
180 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
|
|
|
181 }
|
|
|
182 }
|
|
|
183 /* count spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
184 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
185 {
|
|
|
186 if (*p != ' ')
|
|
|
187 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
188 else
|
|
|
189 ++p;
|
|
|
190 --todo;
|
|
|
191 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
192 /* ++ind_done; */
|
|
|
193 }
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
|
|
|
196 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
|
|
|
197 return FALSE;
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
|
|
|
200 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
|
|
|
201 p = oldline;
|
|
|
202 else
|
|
|
203 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
204 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
|
|
1324
|
205
|
|
|
206 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
|
|
|
207 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
|
|
|
208 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
|
|
1359
|
209 if (orig_char_len != -1)
|
|
1324
|
210 {
|
|
|
211 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
|
|
|
212 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
213 return FALSE;
|
|
1359
|
214 todo = size - ind_done;
|
|
|
215 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
|
|
|
216 * characters, which may have been
|
|
|
217 * undercounted until now */
|
|
1324
|
218 p = oldline;
|
|
|
219 s = newline;
|
|
|
220 while (orig_char_len > 0)
|
|
|
221 {
|
|
|
222 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
223 orig_char_len--;
|
|
|
224 }
|
|
1474
|
225
|
|
1324
|
226 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
|
|
|
227 * than old) */
|
|
|
228 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
1474
|
229 ++p;
|
|
1348
|
230
|
|
1324
|
231 }
|
|
|
232 else
|
|
|
233 {
|
|
|
234 todo = size;
|
|
|
235 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
236 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
237 return FALSE;
|
|
|
238 s = newline;
|
|
|
239 }
|
|
7
|
240
|
|
|
241 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
|
|
|
242 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
243 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
244 {
|
|
|
245 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
246 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
247 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
248 {
|
|
|
249 p = oldline;
|
|
|
250 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
253 {
|
|
|
254 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
255 {
|
|
|
256 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
257 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
258 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
259 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
260 break;
|
|
|
261 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
262 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
263 }
|
|
|
264 else
|
|
|
265 {
|
|
|
266 --todo;
|
|
|
267 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
268 }
|
|
|
269 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
270 }
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
272 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
273 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
274 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
275 {
|
|
|
276 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
277 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
278 }
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
281 }
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
284 {
|
|
|
285 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
286 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
287 }
|
|
|
288 }
|
|
|
289 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
290 {
|
|
|
291 *s++ = ' ';
|
|
|
292 --todo;
|
|
|
293 }
|
|
|
294 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
296 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
|
|
|
297 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
|
|
|
298 {
|
|
|
299 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
300 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
|
|
|
301 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
302 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
|
|
|
303 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
304 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
|
|
835
|
305 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
|
|
217
|
306 retval = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
307 }
|
|
|
308 else
|
|
|
309 vim_free(newline);
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
311 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
217
|
312 return retval;
|
|
7
|
313 }
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
315 /*
|
|
|
316 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
|
|
|
317 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
318 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
319 */
|
|
|
320 static int
|
|
|
321 copy_indent(size, src)
|
|
|
322 int size;
|
|
|
323 char_u *src;
|
|
|
324 {
|
|
|
325 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
326 char_u *line = NULL;
|
|
|
327 char_u *s;
|
|
|
328 int todo;
|
|
|
329 int ind_len;
|
|
|
330 int line_len = 0;
|
|
|
331 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
332 int ind_done;
|
|
|
333 int round;
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
|
|
|
336 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
|
|
|
337 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
338 {
|
|
|
339 todo = size;
|
|
|
340 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
341 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
342 s = src;
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
|
|
|
345 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
|
|
|
346 {
|
|
|
347 if (*s == TAB)
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
350 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
351 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
352 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
353 break;
|
|
|
354 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
355 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
356 }
|
|
|
357 else
|
|
|
358 {
|
|
|
359 --todo;
|
|
|
360 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
361 }
|
|
|
362 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
363 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
364 *p++ = *s;
|
|
|
365 ++s;
|
|
|
366 }
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
368 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
369 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
370 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
371 {
|
|
|
372 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
373 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
374 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
375 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
376 }
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
378 /* Add tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
379 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
380 {
|
|
|
381 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
382 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
383 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
384 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
385 }
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
388 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 --todo;
|
|
|
391 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
392 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
393 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
394 }
|
|
|
395
|
|
840
|
396 if (p == NULL)
|
|
7
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
|
|
|
399 * and the rest of the line. */
|
|
|
400 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
|
401 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
402 if (line == NULL)
|
|
|
403 return FALSE;
|
|
|
404 p = line;
|
|
|
405 }
|
|
|
406 }
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
408 /* Append the original line */
|
|
|
409 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 /* Replace the line */
|
|
|
412 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
414 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
|
|
|
415 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
416 return TRUE;
|
|
|
417 }
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
419 /*
|
|
|
420 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
|
|
|
421 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
|
|
41
|
422 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
|
|
7
|
423 */
|
|
|
424 int
|
|
|
425 get_number_indent(lnum)
|
|
|
426 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
427 {
|
|
|
428 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
429 pos_T pos;
|
|
41
|
430 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
7
|
431
|
|
|
432 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
433 return -1;
|
|
41
|
434 pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
435 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
436 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
|
|
|
437 {
|
|
|
438 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
410
|
439 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
|
|
41
|
440 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
441 {
|
|
|
442 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
|
|
|
443 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
444 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
445 pos.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
446 #endif
|
|
|
447 }
|
|
|
448 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
449 }
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
|
|
7
|
452 return -1;
|
|
|
453 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
454 return (int)col;
|
|
|
455 }
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
457 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
459 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
461 /*
|
|
|
462 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
463 */
|
|
|
464 static int
|
|
|
465 cin_is_cinword(line)
|
|
|
466 char_u *line;
|
|
|
467 {
|
|
|
468 char_u *cinw;
|
|
|
469 char_u *cinw_buf;
|
|
|
470 int cinw_len;
|
|
|
471 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
472 int len;
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
|
|
|
475 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
|
|
|
476 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
|
|
|
477 {
|
|
|
478 line = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
479 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
|
|
|
480 {
|
|
|
481 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
|
|
|
482 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
|
|
|
483 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
|
|
|
484 {
|
|
|
485 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
486 break;
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
|
488 }
|
|
|
489 vim_free(cinw_buf);
|
|
|
490 }
|
|
|
491 return retval;
|
|
|
492 }
|
|
|
493 #endif
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 /*
|
|
|
496 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
|
|
|
497 *
|
|
|
498 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
|
|
|
499 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
|
|
|
500 *
|
|
|
501 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
|
|
|
502 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
|
|
|
503 * new line.
|
|
|
504 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
|
|
|
505 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
|
|
|
506 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
|
|
|
507 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
|
|
|
508 *
|
|
|
509 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
|
|
510 */
|
|
|
511 int
|
|
|
512 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
|
|
|
513 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
|
514 int flags;
|
|
|
515 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
|
|
|
516 {
|
|
|
517 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
|
|
|
518 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
|
|
|
519 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
|
|
|
520 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
|
|
|
521 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
|
|
|
522 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
|
|
|
523 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
|
|
|
524 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
|
|
|
525 int n;
|
|
|
526 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
|
|
|
527 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
|
|
|
528 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
529 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
|
|
|
530 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
|
531 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
|
|
|
532 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
|
|
|
533 #endif
|
|
|
534 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
|
|
|
535 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
|
|
|
536 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
537 char_u *p;
|
|
|
538 #endif
|
|
|
539 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
540 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
541 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
542 #endif
|
|
|
543 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
544 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
|
|
|
545 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
546 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
547 # endif
|
|
|
548 );
|
|
|
549 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
|
|
|
550 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
551 #endif
|
|
|
552 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
553 int vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
554 #endif
|
|
|
555 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
|
|
|
556 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 /*
|
|
|
559 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
|
|
|
560 */
|
|
|
561 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
562 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
563 return FALSE;
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
566 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
567 {
|
|
|
568 /*
|
|
|
569 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
|
|
|
570 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
|
|
|
571 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
|
|
|
572 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
|
|
|
573 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
|
|
|
574 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
|
|
|
575 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
|
|
|
576 */
|
|
|
577 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
|
|
|
578 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
|
|
|
579 else
|
|
|
580 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
581 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
582 goto theend;
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
584 /*
|
|
|
585 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
586 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
587 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
|
|
|
588 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
|
|
|
589 * etc) a bit later.
|
|
|
590 */
|
|
|
591 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
|
|
|
592 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
593 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
594 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
1470
|
595 {
|
|
|
596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
597 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
598 p += replace_push_mb(p);
|
|
|
599 else
|
|
|
600 #endif
|
|
|
601 replace_push(*p++);
|
|
|
602 }
|
|
7
|
603 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605 #endif
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
608 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
609 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
610 #endif
|
|
|
611 )
|
|
|
612 {
|
|
|
613 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
614 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
615 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
|
|
|
616 {
|
|
|
617 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
|
|
|
618 first_char = *p;
|
|
|
619 }
|
|
|
620 #endif
|
|
|
621 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
622 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
|
|
|
623 #endif
|
|
|
624 saved_char = *p_extra;
|
|
|
625 *p_extra = NUL;
|
|
|
626 }
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
|
|
|
629 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
630 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
634 /*
|
|
|
635 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
|
|
|
636 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
|
|
|
637 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
|
|
|
638 */
|
|
|
639 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
|
|
|
640 trunc_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /*
|
|
|
643 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
|
|
|
644 * indent to use for the new line.
|
|
|
645 */
|
|
|
646 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
647 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
648 || do_si
|
|
|
649 #endif
|
|
|
650 )
|
|
|
651 {
|
|
|
652 /*
|
|
|
653 * count white space on current line
|
|
|
654 */
|
|
|
655 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
656 if (newindent == 0)
|
|
|
657 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
659 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
660 /*
|
|
|
661 * Do smart indenting.
|
|
|
662 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
663 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
|
|
|
664 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
|
|
|
665 * "if (condition) {"
|
|
|
666 */
|
|
|
667 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
|
|
|
668 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
|
|
|
669 {
|
|
|
670 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
671 char_u last_char;
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
673 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
674 ptr = saved_line;
|
|
|
675 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
676 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
677 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
678 else
|
|
|
679 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
680 # endif
|
|
|
681 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 /*
|
|
|
684 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
685 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
686 */
|
|
|
687 if (
|
|
|
688 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
689 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
690 # endif
|
|
|
691 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
694 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
695 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
696 }
|
|
|
697 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
698 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
699 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
700 else
|
|
|
701 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
702 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 /*
|
|
|
705 * This case gets the following right:
|
|
|
706 * \*
|
|
|
707 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
|
|
|
708 * *\
|
|
|
709 * #define IN_THE_WAY
|
|
|
710 * This should line up here;
|
|
|
711 */
|
|
|
712 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
713 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
714 p++;
|
|
|
715 if (p[0] == '*')
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 for (p++; *p; p++)
|
|
|
718 {
|
|
|
719 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
|
|
|
720 {
|
|
|
721 /*
|
|
|
722 * End of C comment, indent should line up
|
|
|
723 * with the line containing the start of
|
|
|
724 * the comment
|
|
|
725 */
|
|
|
726 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
727 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
728 {
|
|
|
729 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
730 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
731 }
|
|
|
732 }
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734 }
|
|
|
735 }
|
|
|
736 else /* Not a comment line */
|
|
|
737 # endif
|
|
|
738 {
|
|
|
739 /* Find last non-blank in line */
|
|
|
740 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
|
|
|
741 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
742 --p;
|
|
|
743 last_char = *p;
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
745 /*
|
|
|
746 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
|
|
|
747 */
|
|
|
748 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
|
|
|
749 {
|
|
|
750 if (p > ptr)
|
|
|
751 --p;
|
|
|
752 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
753 --p;
|
|
|
754 }
|
|
|
755 /*
|
|
|
756 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
|
|
|
757 * lines. eg:
|
|
|
758 * if (condition &&
|
|
|
759 * condition) {
|
|
|
760 * Should line up here!
|
|
|
761 * }
|
|
|
762 */
|
|
|
763 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
766 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
767 {
|
|
|
768 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
769 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
770 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
771 }
|
|
|
772 }
|
|
|
773 /*
|
|
|
774 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
|
|
|
775 * checking for "if" and the like.
|
|
|
776 */
|
|
|
777 if (last_char == '{')
|
|
|
778 {
|
|
|
779 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
|
|
|
780 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
|
|
|
781 }
|
|
|
782 /*
|
|
|
783 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
784 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
|
|
|
785 * '}'.
|
|
|
786 */
|
|
|
787 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
|
|
|
788 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
|
|
|
789 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
790 }
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
|
|
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 /*
|
|
|
795 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
796 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
797 */
|
|
|
798 if (
|
|
|
799 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
800 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
801 # endif
|
|
|
802 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
803 {
|
|
|
804 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
|
|
|
807 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
808 {
|
|
|
809 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
810 was_backslashed = TRUE;
|
|
|
811 else
|
|
|
812 was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
813 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
814 }
|
|
|
815 if (was_backslashed)
|
|
|
816 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
|
|
|
817 else
|
|
|
818 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
819 }
|
|
|
820 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
821 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
|
|
|
822 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
823 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
|
|
|
824 can_si_back = TRUE;
|
|
|
825 }
|
|
|
826 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
827 }
|
|
|
828 if (do_si)
|
|
|
829 can_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
830 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
832 did_ai = TRUE;
|
|
|
833 }
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
836 /*
|
|
|
837 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
|
|
|
838 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
|
|
|
839 */
|
|
|
840 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
841 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
842 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
|
|
|
843 else
|
|
|
844 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
845 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
846 {
|
|
|
847 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
|
|
|
848 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
|
|
|
849 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
850 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
851 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
|
|
|
852 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
|
|
|
853 int current_flag;
|
|
|
854 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
|
|
|
855 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
857 /*
|
|
|
858 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
|
|
|
859 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
|
|
|
860 */
|
|
|
861 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
862 {
|
|
|
863 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
864 {
|
|
|
865 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
866 continue;
|
|
|
867 }
|
|
|
868 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 current_flag = *p;
|
|
|
871 if (*p == COM_START)
|
|
|
872 {
|
|
|
873 /*
|
|
|
874 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
875 */
|
|
|
876 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
877 {
|
|
|
878 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
879 break;
|
|
|
880 }
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
882 /* find start of middle part */
|
|
|
883 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
884 require_blank = FALSE;
|
|
|
885 }
|
|
|
886
|
|
|
887 /*
|
|
|
888 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
|
|
|
889 */
|
|
|
890 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
891 {
|
|
|
892 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
893 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
894 ++p;
|
|
|
895 }
|
|
|
896 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
897
|
|
|
898 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
899 {
|
|
|
900 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
901 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
902 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
903 ++p;
|
|
|
904 }
|
|
|
905 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
|
|
|
908 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
910 /*
|
|
|
911 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
|
|
|
912 * the comment leader.
|
|
|
913 */
|
|
|
914 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
915 {
|
|
|
916 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
917 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
|
|
|
918 {
|
|
|
919 comment_end = p;
|
|
|
920 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
921 break;
|
|
|
922 }
|
|
|
923 }
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 /*
|
|
|
926 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
927 */
|
|
|
928 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 if (current_flag == COM_START)
|
|
|
931 {
|
|
|
932 lead_repl = lead_middle;
|
|
|
933 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
934 }
|
|
|
935
|
|
|
936 /*
|
|
|
937 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
|
|
|
938 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
|
|
|
939 * comment leader on the next line.
|
|
|
940 */
|
|
|
941 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
|
|
|
942 && ((p_extra != NULL
|
|
|
943 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
|
|
|
944 || (p_extra == NULL
|
|
|
945 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
|
|
|
946 || require_blank))
|
|
|
947 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
948 }
|
|
|
949 break;
|
|
|
950 }
|
|
|
951 if (*p == COM_END)
|
|
|
952 {
|
|
|
953 /*
|
|
|
954 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
955 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
|
|
|
956 * start (for C-comments).
|
|
|
957 */
|
|
|
958 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
959 {
|
|
|
960 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
|
|
|
961 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
962 break;
|
|
|
963 }
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
965 /*
|
|
|
966 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
967 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
|
|
|
968 */
|
|
|
969 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
|
|
|
970 --p;
|
|
|
971 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
|
|
|
972 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
|
|
|
973 ;
|
|
|
974 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
|
|
|
977 * the comment-end */
|
|
|
978 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
981 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
|
|
|
982 {
|
|
|
983 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
984 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
985 }
|
|
|
986 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
|
|
|
987 {
|
|
|
988 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
|
|
|
989 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
|
|
|
990 p2++;
|
|
|
991 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
|
|
|
992 }
|
|
|
993 break;
|
|
|
994 }
|
|
|
995 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
|
|
|
996 {
|
|
|
997 /*
|
|
|
998 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
|
|
|
999 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
|
|
|
1000 */
|
|
|
1001 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
1002 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
1003 else
|
|
|
1004 {
|
|
|
1005 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
1006 lead_repl_len = 0;
|
|
|
1007 }
|
|
|
1008 break;
|
|
|
1009 }
|
|
|
1010 }
|
|
|
1011 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1012 {
|
|
|
1013 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
|
|
|
1014 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
|
|
|
1015 extra_len + 1);
|
|
|
1016 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 if (leader == NULL)
|
|
|
1019 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
1020 else
|
|
|
1021 {
|
|
419
|
1022 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
|
|
7
|
1023
|
|
|
1024 /*
|
|
|
1025 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
|
|
|
1026 */
|
|
|
1027 if (lead_repl != NULL)
|
|
|
1028 {
|
|
|
1029 int c = 0;
|
|
|
1030 int off = 0;
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
1033 {
|
|
|
1034 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
|
|
|
1035 c = *p;
|
|
|
1036 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
1037 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
1038 }
|
|
|
1039 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1040 {
|
|
|
1041 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
|
|
|
1042 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
|
|
|
1043 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
|
|
|
1044 ;
|
|
|
1045 ++p;
|
|
17
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1048 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1049 * screen characters, not bytes. */
|
|
|
1050 {
|
|
|
1051 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1052 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1053 int old_size = 0;
|
|
|
1054 char_u *endp = p;
|
|
|
1055 int l;
|
|
|
1056
|
|
|
1057 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
|
|
|
1058 {
|
|
39
|
1059 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
|
|
17
|
1060 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
1061 }
|
|
835
|
1062 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
|
|
17
|
1063 if (l != 0)
|
|
|
1064 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
|
|
|
1065 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
|
|
|
1066 lead_len += l;
|
|
|
1067 }
|
|
|
1068 #else
|
|
7
|
1069 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1070 p = leader;
|
|
|
1071 else
|
|
|
1072 p -= lead_repl_len;
|
|
17
|
1073 #endif
|
|
7
|
1074 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1075 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
|
|
|
1076 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
|
|
|
1079 while (--p >= leader)
|
|
17
|
1080 {
|
|
|
1081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1082 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1085 {
|
|
|
1086 p -= l;
|
|
|
1087 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1088 {
|
|
|
1089 p[1] = ' ';
|
|
|
1090 --l;
|
|
|
1091 }
|
|
|
1092 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
|
|
|
1093 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
|
|
|
1094 lead_len -= l;
|
|
|
1095 *p = ' ';
|
|
|
1096 }
|
|
|
1097 else
|
|
|
1098 #endif
|
|
7
|
1099 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1100 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1101 }
|
|
7
|
1102 }
|
|
|
1103 else /* left adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1104 {
|
|
|
1105 p = skipwhite(leader);
|
|
17
|
1106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1107 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1108 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
|
|
|
1109 * not to be overwritten. */
|
|
|
1110 {
|
|
|
1111 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1112 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1113 int i;
|
|
|
1114 int l;
|
|
|
1115
|
|
|
1116 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
|
|
|
1117 {
|
|
474
|
1118 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
17
|
1119 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121 }
|
|
|
1122 if (i != lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1123 {
|
|
|
1124 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
|
|
|
1125 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
|
|
|
1126 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
|
|
|
1127 }
|
|
|
1128 }
|
|
|
1129 #endif
|
|
7
|
1130 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
|
|
|
1133 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
|
|
|
1134 * remain the same. */
|
|
|
1135 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
|
|
|
1136 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1137 {
|
|
|
1138 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
|
|
|
1139 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
|
|
|
1140 {
|
|
|
1141 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1142 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
|
|
|
1143 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1144 }
|
|
|
1145 else
|
|
17
|
1146 {
|
|
|
1147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1148 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
17
|
1149
|
|
|
1150 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1151 {
|
|
|
1152 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1153 {
|
|
|
1154 /* Replace a double-wide char with
|
|
|
1155 * two spaces */
|
|
|
1156 --l;
|
|
|
1157 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1158 }
|
|
|
1159 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
|
|
|
1160 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1161 lead_len -= l - 1;
|
|
|
1162 }
|
|
|
1163 #endif
|
|
7
|
1164 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1165 }
|
|
7
|
1166 }
|
|
|
1167 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1168 }
|
|
|
1169
|
|
|
1170 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
|
|
|
1171 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1172 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1173 || do_si
|
|
|
1174 #endif
|
|
|
1175 )
|
|
|
1176 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 /* Add the indent offset */
|
|
|
1179 if (newindent + off < 0)
|
|
|
1180 {
|
|
|
1181 off = -newindent;
|
|
|
1182 newindent = 0;
|
|
|
1183 }
|
|
|
1184 else
|
|
|
1185 newindent += off;
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
|
|
|
1188 * alignment remains equal. */
|
|
|
1189 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
|
|
|
1190 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
1191 {
|
|
|
1192 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
|
|
|
1193 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
|
|
|
1194 break;
|
|
|
1195 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1196 --off;
|
|
|
1197 }
|
|
|
1198
|
|
|
1199 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
|
|
|
1200 * extra space */
|
|
|
1201 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
|
|
|
1202 extra_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1203 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205
|
|
|
1206 if (extra_space)
|
|
|
1207 {
|
|
|
1208 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
1209 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1210 }
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 newcol = lead_len;
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 /*
|
|
|
1215 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
|
|
|
1216 * is in the comment leader
|
|
|
1217 */
|
|
|
1218 if (newindent
|
|
|
1219 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1220 || did_si
|
|
|
1221 #endif
|
|
|
1222 )
|
|
|
1223 {
|
|
|
1224 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
|
|
|
1225 {
|
|
|
1226 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1227 --newcol;
|
|
|
1228 ++leader;
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 }
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 }
|
|
|
1233 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1234 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1235 #endif
|
|
|
1236 }
|
|
|
1237 else if (comment_end != NULL)
|
|
|
1238 {
|
|
|
1239 /*
|
|
|
1240 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
|
|
|
1241 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
|
|
|
1242 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
|
|
|
1243 * comment.
|
|
|
1244 */
|
|
|
1245 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
|
|
|
1246 (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1247 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1248 || do_si
|
|
|
1249 #endif
|
|
|
1250 ))
|
|
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1253 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
|
|
|
1254 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1255 {
|
|
|
1256 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
1257 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1260 }
|
|
|
1261 }
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263 #endif
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
|
|
|
1266 if (p_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 /*
|
|
|
1271 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
|
|
|
1272 * non-blank.
|
|
|
1273 *
|
|
|
1274 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
|
|
|
1275 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
|
|
|
1276 */
|
|
|
1277 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1278 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
|
|
|
1279 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
|
|
|
1280 {
|
|
|
1281 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
|
|
|
1282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1283 && (!enc_utf8
|
|
|
1284 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
|
|
|
1285 #endif
|
|
|
1286 )
|
|
|
1287 {
|
|
|
1288 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1289 replace_push(*p_extra);
|
|
|
1290 ++p_extra;
|
|
|
1291 ++less_cols_off;
|
|
|
1292 }
|
|
|
1293 }
|
|
|
1294 if (*p_extra != NUL)
|
|
|
1295 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
|
|
|
1298 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
|
|
|
1299 }
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1302 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1305 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
|
|
|
1306 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
|
|
|
1309 p_extra = leader;
|
|
|
1310 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
|
|
|
1311 less_cols -= lead_len;
|
|
|
1312 }
|
|
|
1313 else
|
|
|
1314 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
|
|
|
1315 #endif
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1318 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
1319 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1320 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1321 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
|
|
|
1322 #endif
|
|
|
1323 {
|
|
|
1324 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
|
|
|
1325 == FAIL)
|
|
|
1326 goto theend;
|
|
|
1327 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
|
|
|
1328 * with markers. */
|
|
|
1329 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
|
|
|
1330 did_append = TRUE;
|
|
|
1331 }
|
|
|
1332 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1333 else
|
|
|
1334 {
|
|
|
1335 /*
|
|
|
1336 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
|
|
|
1337 */
|
|
|
1338 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
|
|
|
1339 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
|
|
|
1340 {
|
|
|
1341 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
|
|
|
1342 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
|
|
|
1343 */
|
|
|
1344 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
|
|
|
1345 vr_lines_changed++;
|
|
|
1346 }
|
|
|
1347 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
|
|
|
1348 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
1349 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
1350 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1351 }
|
|
|
1352 #endif
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 if (newindent
|
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1356 || did_si
|
|
|
1357 #endif
|
|
|
1358 )
|
|
|
1359 {
|
|
|
1360 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1361 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1362 if (did_si)
|
|
|
1363 {
|
|
|
1364 if (p_sr)
|
|
|
1365 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1366 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1367 }
|
|
|
1368 #endif
|
|
1324
|
1369 /* Copy the indent */
|
|
|
1370 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
|
|
7
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 /*
|
|
|
1375 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
|
|
|
1376 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
|
|
|
1377 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
|
|
|
1378 */
|
|
|
1379 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
|
|
|
1380 }
|
|
|
1381 else
|
|
|
1382 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
|
|
|
1383 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 /*
|
|
|
1388 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
|
|
|
1389 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
|
|
|
1390 */
|
|
|
1391 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1392 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
|
|
|
1393 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1394 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1395 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1396 if (no_si)
|
|
|
1397 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1398 #endif
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1402 /*
|
|
|
1403 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
|
|
|
1404 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
|
|
|
1405 */
|
|
|
1406 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1407 while (lead_len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1408 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1409 #endif
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1414 {
|
|
|
1415 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1416 {
|
|
|
1417 /* truncate current line at cursor */
|
|
|
1418 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1419 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
|
|
|
1420 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
|
|
|
1421 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
|
|
|
1422 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1423 saved_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1424 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1425 {
|
|
|
1426 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
1427 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
|
|
|
1428 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
|
|
|
1431 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
|
|
|
1432 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
1433 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
|
|
|
1434 1L, (long)-less_cols);
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436 else
|
|
|
1437 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 /*
|
|
|
1441 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
|
|
|
1442 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
|
|
|
1445 }
|
|
|
1446 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1447 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
|
|
|
1450 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1451 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1452 #endif
|
|
|
1453
|
|
|
1454 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1455 /*
|
|
|
1456 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
|
|
|
1457 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
|
|
|
1458 * normal INSERT mode.
|
|
|
1459 */
|
|
|
1460 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1461 {
|
|
|
1462 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
|
|
|
1463 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1464 }
|
|
|
1465 else
|
|
|
1466 vreplace_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1467 #endif
|
|
|
1468 #ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
1469 /*
|
|
|
1470 * May do lisp indenting.
|
|
|
1471 */
|
|
|
1472 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1473 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1474 && leader == NULL
|
|
|
1475 # endif
|
|
|
1476 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
|
|
|
1477 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
1478 {
|
|
|
1479 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
1480 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1481 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1482 }
|
|
|
1483 #endif
|
|
|
1484 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1485 /*
|
|
|
1486 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1489 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
1490 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1491 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
1492 # endif
|
|
|
1493 )
|
|
|
1494 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
|
|
|
1495 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
1496 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
|
1497 {
|
|
|
1498 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1499 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1500 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1501 }
|
|
|
1502 #endif
|
|
|
1503 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1504 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
|
|
|
1505 State = vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
1506 #endif
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1509 /*
|
|
|
1510 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
|
|
|
1511 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
|
|
|
1512 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
|
|
|
1513 */
|
|
|
1514 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1515 {
|
|
|
1516 /* Put new line in p_extra */
|
|
|
1517 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1518 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1519 goto theend;
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1522 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1525 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1526 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1527 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1528 #endif
|
|
|
1529 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
|
|
|
1530 vim_free(p_extra);
|
|
|
1531 next_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1532 }
|
|
|
1533 #endif
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
|
|
|
1536 theend:
|
|
|
1537 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
|
|
|
1538 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
1539 vim_free(next_line);
|
|
|
1540 vim_free(allocated);
|
|
|
1541 return retval;
|
|
|
1542 }
|
|
|
1543
|
|
|
1544 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1545 /*
|
|
|
1546 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
|
|
|
1547 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
|
|
|
1548 * returned.
|
|
|
1549 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
|
|
|
1550 * comment leader.
|
|
|
1551 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
|
|
|
1552 */
|
|
|
1553 int
|
|
|
1554 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
|
|
|
1555 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1556 char_u **flags;
|
|
|
1557 int backward;
|
|
|
1558 {
|
|
|
1559 int i, j;
|
|
|
1560 int got_com = FALSE;
|
|
|
1561 int found_one;
|
|
|
1562 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
|
1563 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
|
|
|
1564 char_u *list;
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 i = 0;
|
|
|
1567 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
|
|
|
1568 ++i;
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 /*
|
|
|
1571 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
|
1572 */
|
|
|
1573 while (line[i])
|
|
|
1574 {
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
|
1577 */
|
|
|
1578 found_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1579 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
|
1580 {
|
|
|
1581 /*
|
|
|
1582 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
|
|
|
1583 * put string at start of string.
|
|
|
1584 */
|
|
|
1585 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
|
|
|
1586 *flags = list;
|
|
|
1587 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
1588 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
|
1589 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
|
|
|
1590 continue;
|
|
|
1591 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 /*
|
|
|
1594 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
|
|
|
1595 * nested comments.
|
|
|
1596 */
|
|
|
1597 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1598 continue;
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
|
|
|
1601 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
|
|
|
1602 continue;
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 /*
|
|
|
1605 * Line contents and string must match.
|
|
|
1606 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
|
1607 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
|
1608 * TABs and spaces).
|
|
|
1609 */
|
|
|
1610 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1611 {
|
|
|
1612 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
|
1613 continue;
|
|
|
1614 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1615 ++string;
|
|
|
1616 }
|
|
|
1617 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
|
1618 ;
|
|
|
1619 if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1620 continue;
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 /*
|
|
|
1623 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
|
1624 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
|
|
|
1625 */
|
|
|
1626 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
|
1627 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1628 continue;
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 /*
|
|
|
1631 * We have found a match, stop searching.
|
|
|
1632 */
|
|
|
1633 i += j;
|
|
|
1634 got_com = TRUE;
|
|
|
1635 found_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1636 break;
|
|
|
1637 }
|
|
|
1638
|
|
|
1639 /*
|
|
|
1640 * No match found, stop scanning.
|
|
|
1641 */
|
|
|
1642 if (!found_one)
|
|
|
1643 break;
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 /*
|
|
|
1646 * Include any trailing white space.
|
|
|
1647 */
|
|
|
1648 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
1649 ++i;
|
|
|
1650
|
|
|
1651 /*
|
|
|
1652 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
|
|
|
1653 */
|
|
|
1654 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1655 break;
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 return (got_com ? i : 0);
|
|
|
1658 }
|
|
|
1659 #endif
|
|
|
1660
|
|
|
1661 /*
|
|
|
1662 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
|
|
|
1663 */
|
|
|
1664 int
|
|
|
1665 plines(lnum)
|
|
|
1666 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1667 {
|
|
|
1668 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1669 }
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
1671 int
|
|
|
1672 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1673 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1674 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1675 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1678 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1679 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1680 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1681 }
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 int
|
|
|
1684 plines_nofill(lnum)
|
|
|
1685 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1686 {
|
|
|
1687 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 int
|
|
|
1691 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1692 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1693 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1694 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1695 {
|
|
|
1696 #endif
|
|
|
1697 int lines;
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1700 return 1;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1703 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1704 return 1;
|
|
|
1705 #endif
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1708 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
|
|
|
1709 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
|
|
|
1710 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
|
|
|
1711 return 1;
|
|
|
1712 #endif
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1715 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1716 return (int)wp->w_height;
|
|
|
1717 return lines;
|
|
|
1718 }
|
|
|
1719
|
|
|
1720 /*
|
|
|
1721 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
|
|
|
1722 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
|
|
|
1723 */
|
|
|
1724 int
|
|
|
1725 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
1726 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1727 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1728 {
|
|
|
1729 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1730 long col;
|
|
|
1731 int width;
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1734 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
|
|
|
1735 return 1;
|
|
|
1736 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 /*
|
|
|
1739 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
|
|
|
1740 * extra column.
|
|
|
1741 */
|
|
|
1742 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
|
|
|
1743 col += 1;
|
|
|
1744
|
|
|
1745 /*
|
|
|
1746 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
|
|
|
1747 */
|
|
|
1748 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1749 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1750 return 32000;
|
|
|
1751 if (col <= width)
|
|
|
1752 return 1;
|
|
|
1753 col -= width;
|
|
|
1754 width += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
|
1755 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757
|
|
|
1758 /*
|
|
|
1759 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
|
|
|
1760 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
|
|
|
1761 */
|
|
|
1762 int
|
|
|
1763 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
|
|
|
1764 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1765 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1766 long column;
|
|
|
1767 {
|
|
|
1768 long col;
|
|
|
1769 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1770 int lines = 0;
|
|
|
1771 int width;
|
|
|
1772
|
|
|
1773 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1774 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1775 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1776 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1777 #endif
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1780 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1783 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1784 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1785 #endif
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1788
|
|
|
1789 col = 0;
|
|
|
1790 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
|
|
|
1791 {
|
|
|
1792 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
39
|
1793 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1794 }
|
|
|
1795
|
|
|
1796 /*
|
|
|
1797 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
|
|
|
1798 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
|
|
|
1799 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
|
|
|
1800 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
|
|
|
1801 * 'ts') -- webb.
|
|
|
1802 */
|
|
|
1803 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
|
|
|
1804 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 /*
|
|
|
1807 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
|
|
|
1808 */
|
|
|
1809 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
1023
|
1810 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1811 return 9999;
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 lines += 1;
|
|
|
1814 if (col > width)
|
|
|
1815 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
|
|
|
1816 return lines;
|
|
7
|
1817 }
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 int
|
|
|
1820 plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
|
|
|
1821 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1822 linenr_T first, last;
|
|
|
1823 {
|
|
|
1824 int count = 0;
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 while (first <= last)
|
|
|
1827 {
|
|
|
1828 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1829 int x;
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
|
|
|
1832 * that are maybe folded. */
|
|
|
1833 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
|
|
|
1834 if (x > 0)
|
|
|
1835 {
|
|
|
1836 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
|
|
|
1837 first += x;
|
|
|
1838 }
|
|
|
1839 else
|
|
|
1840 #endif
|
|
|
1841 {
|
|
|
1842 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1843 if (first == wp->w_topline)
|
|
|
1844 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
|
|
|
1845 else
|
|
|
1846 #endif
|
|
|
1847 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
|
|
|
1848 ++first;
|
|
|
1849 }
|
|
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851 return (count);
|
|
|
1852 }
|
|
|
1853
|
|
|
1854 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1855 /*
|
|
|
1856 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1857 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1858 */
|
|
|
1859 void
|
|
|
1860 ins_bytes(p)
|
|
|
1861 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1862 {
|
|
|
1863 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
|
|
|
1864 }
|
|
|
1865 #endif
|
|
|
1866
|
|
|
1867 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1868 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1869 /*
|
|
|
1870 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1871 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1872 */
|
|
|
1873 void
|
|
|
1874 ins_bytes_len(p, len)
|
|
|
1875 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1876 int len;
|
|
|
1877 {
|
|
|
1878 int i;
|
|
|
1879 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1880 int n;
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
|
|
|
1883 {
|
|
474
|
1884 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
7
|
1885 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
|
|
|
1886 }
|
|
|
1887 # else
|
|
|
1888 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1889 ins_char(p[i]);
|
|
|
1890 # endif
|
|
|
1891 }
|
|
|
1892 #endif
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 /*
|
|
|
1895 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1896 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
|
|
|
1897 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
1898 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
|
|
|
1899 * convert bytes to a character.
|
|
|
1900 */
|
|
|
1901 void
|
|
|
1902 ins_char(c)
|
|
|
1903 int c;
|
|
|
1904 {
|
|
|
1905 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1906 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
1907 int n;
|
|
|
1908
|
|
|
1909 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
1910
|
|
|
1911 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1912 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
|
|
|
1913 if (buf[0] == 0)
|
|
|
1914 buf[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
|
|
|
1917 }
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 void
|
|
|
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
|
|
|
1921 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1922 int charlen;
|
|
|
1923 {
|
|
|
1924 int c = buf[0];
|
|
|
1925 #endif
|
|
|
1926 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
|
|
|
1927 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
|
|
|
1928 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1929 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
1930 char_u *oldp;
|
|
|
1931 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
|
|
|
1932 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1933 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1934 int i;
|
|
|
1935
|
|
|
1936 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1937 /* Break tabs if needed. */
|
|
|
1938 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
1939 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
1940 #endif
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1943 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
1944 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
|
|
|
1947 oldlen = 0;
|
|
|
1948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1949 newlen = charlen;
|
|
|
1950 #else
|
|
|
1951 newlen = 1;
|
|
|
1952 #endif
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1955 {
|
|
|
1956 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1957 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1958 {
|
|
|
1959 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1960 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
1961 int old_list;
|
|
|
1962 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1963 char_u buf[2];
|
|
|
1964 #endif
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 /*
|
|
|
1967 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
1968 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
|
|
|
1969 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
|
|
|
1970 */
|
|
|
1971 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1972 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
1973 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1974
|
|
|
1975 /*
|
|
|
1976 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
|
|
|
1977 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
|
|
|
1978 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
|
|
|
1979 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
|
|
|
1980 */
|
|
|
1981 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
1982 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1983 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1984 buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1985 #endif
|
|
|
1986 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
|
|
|
1987 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
|
1989 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
|
|
|
1990 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
|
|
|
1991 * position. */
|
|
|
1992 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
|
|
|
1993 break;
|
|
|
1994 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1995 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
|
|
7
|
1996 #else
|
|
|
1997 ++oldlen;
|
|
|
1998 #endif
|
|
|
1999 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
|
|
|
2000 if (vcol > new_vcol)
|
|
|
2001 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
|
|
|
2002 }
|
|
|
2003 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
|
|
|
2004 }
|
|
|
2005 else
|
|
|
2006 #endif
|
|
|
2007 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
|
|
|
2008 {
|
|
|
2009 /* normal replace */
|
|
|
2010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
2011 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
|
|
7
|
2012 #else
|
|
|
2013 oldlen = 1;
|
|
|
2014 #endif
|
|
|
2015 }
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
|
|
|
2019 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
|
|
|
2020 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
|
|
|
2021 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
|
|
|
2022 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
2023 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
|
|
|
2024 {
|
|
|
2025 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1470
|
2026 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2027 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
|
|
|
2028 else
|
|
|
2029 #endif
|
|
|
2030 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
|
|
7
|
2031 }
|
|
|
2032 }
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
|
|
|
2035 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2036 return;
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
|
|
|
2039 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2040 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
2042 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
|
|
|
2043 p = newp + col;
|
|
|
2044 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
|
|
|
2045 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
|
|
|
2048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2049 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
|
|
|
2050 i = charlen;
|
|
|
2051 #else
|
|
|
2052 *p = c;
|
|
|
2053 i = 1;
|
|
|
2054 #endif
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
|
|
|
2057 while (i < newlen)
|
|
|
2058 p[i++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
|
|
|
2061 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2062
|
|
|
2063 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2064 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2065
|
|
|
2066 /*
|
|
|
2067 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
|
|
|
2068 * show the match for right parens and braces.
|
|
|
2069 */
|
|
|
2070 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
2071 && msg_silent == 0
|
|
|
2072 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2073 && charlen == 1
|
|
|
2074 #endif
|
|
674
|
2075 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
2076 && !ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
2077 #endif
|
|
7
|
2078 )
|
|
|
2079 showmatch(c);
|
|
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
2082 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2083 #endif
|
|
|
2084 {
|
|
|
2085 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
|
|
|
2086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2087 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
|
|
|
2088 #else
|
|
|
2089 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2090 #endif
|
|
|
2091 }
|
|
|
2092 /*
|
|
|
2093 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
|
|
|
2094 */
|
|
|
2095 }
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 /*
|
|
|
2098 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
|
|
|
2099 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
|
|
|
2100 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2101 */
|
|
|
2102 void
|
|
|
2103 ins_str(s)
|
|
|
2104 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2107 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
2108 int oldlen;
|
|
|
2109 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2110 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2113 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
2114 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
2115 #endif
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2118 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2119 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2120
|
|
|
2121 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
|
|
|
2122 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2123 return;
|
|
|
2124 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2125 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2126 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
|
|
|
2127 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
|
|
|
2128 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2129 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2130 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
|
|
|
2131 }
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 /*
|
|
|
2134 * Delete one character under the cursor.
|
|
|
2135 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2136 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2137 *
|
|
|
2138 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2139 */
|
|
|
2140 int
|
|
|
2141 del_char(fixpos)
|
|
|
2142 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2143 {
|
|
|
2144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2145 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
|
|
|
2148 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
2149 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
2150 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2151 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2152 }
|
|
|
2153 #endif
|
|
610
|
2154 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
2155 }
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2158 /*
|
|
|
2159 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
|
|
|
2160 */
|
|
|
2161 int
|
|
|
2162 del_chars(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2163 long count;
|
|
|
2164 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2165 {
|
|
|
2166 long bytes = 0;
|
|
|
2167 long i;
|
|
|
2168 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2169 int l;
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2172 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
|
|
|
2173 {
|
|
474
|
2174 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
2175 bytes += l;
|
|
|
2176 p += l;
|
|
|
2177 }
|
|
610
|
2178 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
2179 }
|
|
|
2180 #endif
|
|
|
2181
|
|
|
2182 /*
|
|
|
2183 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
|
|
|
2184 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2185 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2186 *
|
|
|
2187 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2188 */
|
|
613
|
2189 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
2190 int
|
|
777
|
2191 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
|
|
7
|
2192 long count;
|
|
777
|
2193 int fixpos_arg;
|
|
610
|
2194 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
|
|
7
|
2195 {
|
|
|
2196 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2197 colnr_T oldlen;
|
|
|
2198 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2199 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2200 int was_alloced;
|
|
|
2201 long movelen;
|
|
777
|
2202 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
|
|
7
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2205 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 /*
|
|
|
2208 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2209 */
|
|
|
2210 if (col >= oldlen)
|
|
|
2211 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2214 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
|
|
|
2215 * delete the last combining character. */
|
|
610
|
2216 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
|
|
|
2217 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
|
|
7
|
2218 {
|
|
714
|
2219 int cc[MAX_MCO];
|
|
7
|
2220 int n;
|
|
|
2221
|
|
714
|
2222 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
|
|
|
2223 if (cc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2224 {
|
|
|
2225 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
|
|
|
2226 n = col;
|
|
|
2227 do
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 col = n;
|
|
474
|
2230 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
|
|
7
|
2231 n += count;
|
|
|
2232 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
|
|
|
2233 fixpos = 0;
|
|
|
2234 }
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236 #endif
|
|
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 /*
|
|
|
2239 * When count is too big, reduce it.
|
|
|
2240 */
|
|
|
2241 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
|
|
|
2242 if (movelen <= 1)
|
|
|
2243 {
|
|
|
2244 /*
|
|
|
2245 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
|
|
777
|
2246 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
|
|
|
2247 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
|
|
7
|
2248 */
|
|
777
|
2249 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
|
|
|
2250 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2251 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
2252 #endif
|
|
|
2253 )
|
|
7
|
2254 {
|
|
|
2255 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2256 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2257 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2258 #endif
|
|
|
2259 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2260 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2261 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
|
|
|
2262 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2263 #endif
|
|
|
2264 }
|
|
|
2265 count = oldlen - col;
|
|
|
2266 movelen = 1;
|
|
|
2267 }
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 /*
|
|
|
2270 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
|
|
|
2271 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
|
|
|
2272 */
|
|
|
2273 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
|
|
|
2274 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2275 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
2276 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
|
|
|
2277 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
|
|
|
2278 #endif
|
|
|
2279 if (was_alloced)
|
|
|
2280 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
|
|
|
2281 else
|
|
|
2282 { /* need to allocate a new line */
|
|
|
2283 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
|
|
|
2284 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2285 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2286 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2287 }
|
|
|
2288 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
|
|
|
2289 if (!was_alloced)
|
|
|
2290 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2293 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 return OK;
|
|
|
2296 }
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 /*
|
|
|
2299 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
|
|
|
2300 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2301 *
|
|
|
2302 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2303 */
|
|
|
2304 int
|
|
|
2305 truncate_line(fixpos)
|
|
|
2306 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
2309 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2310 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
2313 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
2314 else
|
|
|
2315 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2318 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2323 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 /*
|
|
|
2326 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2327 */
|
|
|
2328 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
2329 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 return OK;
|
|
|
2332 }
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 /*
|
|
|
2335 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
|
|
|
2336 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
|
|
|
2337 */
|
|
|
2338 void
|
|
|
2339 del_lines(nlines, undo)
|
|
|
2340 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
|
|
|
2341 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 long n;
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 if (nlines <= 0)
|
|
|
2346 return;
|
|
|
2347
|
|
|
2348 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
|
|
|
2349 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2350 return;
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
|
|
|
2353 {
|
|
|
2354 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
|
|
|
2355 break;
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
2358 ++n;
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
|
|
|
2361 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2362 break;
|
|
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2365 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
2368 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
2369 }
|
|
|
2370
|
|
|
2371 int
|
|
|
2372 gchar_pos(pos)
|
|
|
2373 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2374 {
|
|
|
2375 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
|
|
|
2376
|
|
|
2377 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2378 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2379 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
2380 #endif
|
|
|
2381 return (int)*ptr;
|
|
|
2382 }
|
|
|
2383
|
|
|
2384 int
|
|
|
2385 gchar_cursor()
|
|
|
2386 {
|
|
|
2387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2388 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
2390 #endif
|
|
|
2391 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2392 }
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 /*
|
|
|
2395 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
|
|
|
2396 * It is directly written into the block.
|
|
|
2397 */
|
|
|
2398 void
|
|
|
2399 pchar_cursor(c)
|
|
|
2400 int c;
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
|
|
|
2403 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
|
|
|
2404 }
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
2407 /*
|
|
|
2408 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
|
|
|
2409 */
|
|
|
2410 void
|
|
|
2411 goto_endofbuf(pos)
|
|
|
2412 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2413 {
|
|
|
2414 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2415
|
|
|
2416 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
2417 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
2418 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
2419 while (*p++)
|
|
|
2420 ++pos->col;
|
|
|
2421 }
|
|
|
2422 #endif
|
|
|
2423
|
|
|
2424 /*
|
|
|
2425 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
|
|
|
2426 * non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
2427 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
|
|
|
2428 * the line.
|
|
|
2429 */
|
|
|
2430 int
|
|
|
2431 inindent(extra)
|
|
|
2432 int extra;
|
|
|
2433 {
|
|
|
2434 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2435 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2436
|
|
|
2437 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
|
|
|
2438 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2439 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
|
|
|
2440 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2441 else
|
|
|
2442 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 /*
|
|
|
2446 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
|
|
|
2447 */
|
|
|
2448 char_u *
|
|
|
2449 skip_to_option_part(p)
|
|
|
2450 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2451 {
|
|
|
2452 if (*p == ',')
|
|
|
2453 ++p;
|
|
|
2454 while (*p == ' ')
|
|
|
2455 ++p;
|
|
|
2456 return p;
|
|
|
2457 }
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 /*
|
|
|
2460 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
|
|
|
2461 *
|
|
|
2462 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
|
|
|
2463 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
|
|
|
2464 */
|
|
|
2465 void
|
|
|
2466 changed()
|
|
|
2467 {
|
|
|
2468 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
2469 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
|
|
|
2470 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
|
|
|
2471 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
|
|
|
2472 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
|
|
|
2473 return;
|
|
|
2474 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
2475 #endif
|
|
|
2476
|
|
|
2477 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
|
|
|
2478 {
|
|
|
2479 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2480
|
|
819
|
2481 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
|
|
|
2482 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
|
|
7
|
2483 change_warning(0);
|
|
819
|
2484
|
|
7
|
2485 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
|
|
|
2486 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
|
|
|
2487 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
|
|
|
2488 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
2489 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
|
|
|
2490 #endif
|
|
|
2491 )
|
|
|
2492 {
|
|
|
2493 ml_open_file(curbuf);
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
|
|
|
2496 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
|
|
|
2497 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
|
|
|
2498 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
|
|
|
2499 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 out_flush();
|
|
|
2502 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
|
|
|
2503 wait_return(TRUE);
|
|
|
2504 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506 }
|
|
|
2507 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
|
|
39
|
2508 ml_setflags(curbuf);
|
|
7
|
2509 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2510 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
673
|
2511 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2512 #endif
|
|
|
2513 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2514 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2515 #endif
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2518 }
|
|
|
2519
|
|
265
|
2520 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2521 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
7
|
2522 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 /*
|
|
|
2525 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2526 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2527 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2528 * - invalidates cached values
|
|
|
2529 */
|
|
|
2530 void
|
|
|
2531 changed_bytes(lnum, col)
|
|
|
2532 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2533 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2534 {
|
|
265
|
2535 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
|
|
7
|
2536 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
|
|
265
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2539 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
|
|
|
2540 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2541 {
|
|
|
2542 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2543 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2544
|
|
|
2545 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2546 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2547 {
|
|
|
2548 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2549 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2550 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2551 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
|
|
|
2552 }
|
|
|
2553 }
|
|
|
2554 #endif
|
|
7
|
2555 }
|
|
|
2556
|
|
|
2557 static void
|
|
265
|
2558 changedOneline(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
2559 buf_T *buf;
|
|
7
|
2560 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2561 {
|
|
265
|
2562 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2565 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2566 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2567 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2568 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
7
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570 else
|
|
|
2571 {
|
|
|
2572 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
|
|
265
|
2573 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2574 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2575 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2576 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
|
|
7
|
2577 }
|
|
|
2578 }
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 /*
|
|
|
2581 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2582 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2583 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2584 */
|
|
|
2585 void
|
|
|
2586 appended_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2587 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2588 long count;
|
|
|
2589 {
|
|
|
2590 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2591 }
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 /*
|
|
|
2594 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2595 */
|
|
|
2596 void
|
|
|
2597 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2598 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2599 long count;
|
|
|
2600 {
|
|
|
2601 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
|
|
|
2602 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2603 }
|
|
|
2604
|
|
|
2605 /*
|
|
|
2606 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2607 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2608 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2609 */
|
|
|
2610 void
|
|
|
2611 deleted_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2612 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2613 long count;
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2616 }
|
|
|
2617
|
|
|
2618 /*
|
|
|
2619 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2620 */
|
|
|
2621 void
|
|
|
2622 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2623 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2624 long count;
|
|
|
2625 {
|
|
|
2626 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
|
|
|
2627 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2628 }
|
|
|
2629
|
|
|
2630 /*
|
|
|
2631 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2632 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2633 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2634 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2635 * - invalidate cached values
|
|
|
2636 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
|
|
|
2637 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
|
|
|
2638 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
|
|
|
2639 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
|
|
|
2640 */
|
|
|
2641 void
|
|
|
2642 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2643 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2644 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
|
|
|
2645 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2646 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2647 {
|
|
265
|
2648 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2651 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2652 {
|
|
|
2653 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
|
|
|
2654 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
|
|
|
2655 * displaying. */
|
|
|
2656 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2657 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2660 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2661 {
|
|
|
2662 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2663 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2664 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2665 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
|
|
|
2666 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
|
|
|
2667 }
|
|
|
2668 }
|
|
|
2669 #endif
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 static void
|
|
|
2675 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2676 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2677 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2678 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2679 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2680 {
|
|
|
2681 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2682 {
|
|
|
2683 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2684 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2685 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2686 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
7
|
2687 {
|
|
|
2688 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
|
|
265
|
2689 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
|
|
|
2690 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
|
|
|
2691 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
|
|
7
|
2692 }
|
|
265
|
2693 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2694 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2695 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
|
|
7
|
2696 }
|
|
|
2697 else
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2700 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2701 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2702 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2703 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
7
|
2705 }
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 static void
|
|
|
2708 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2709 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2710 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2711 linenr_T lnume;
|
|
|
2712 long xtra;
|
|
|
2713 {
|
|
|
2714 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2715 int i;
|
|
|
2716 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2717 int cols;
|
|
|
2718 pos_T *p;
|
|
|
2719 int add;
|
|
|
2720 #endif
|
|
|
2721
|
|
|
2722 /* mark the buffer as modified */
|
|
|
2723 changed();
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 /* set the '. mark */
|
|
|
2726 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
2727 {
|
|
|
2728 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
2729 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
|
|
|
2730
|
|
|
2731 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2732 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
|
|
|
2733 * don't have an entry yet. */
|
|
|
2734 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2737 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2738 else
|
|
|
2739 {
|
|
|
2740 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
|
|
|
2741 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
|
|
|
2742 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
|
|
|
2743 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
|
|
|
2744 if (p->lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
2745 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2746 else
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
|
|
|
2749 if (cols == 0)
|
|
|
2750 cols = 79;
|
|
|
2751 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
|
|
|
2752 }
|
|
|
2753 }
|
|
|
2754 if (add)
|
|
|
2755 {
|
|
|
2756 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
|
|
|
2757 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
|
|
|
2758 * position in the changelist. */
|
|
|
2759 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
|
|
|
2762 {
|
|
|
2763 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
|
|
|
2764 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
2765 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
|
|
|
2766 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
|
|
|
2767 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2768 {
|
|
|
2769 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
|
|
|
2770 * this buffer. */
|
|
|
2771 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
|
|
|
2772 --wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2773 }
|
|
|
2774 }
|
|
|
2775 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2776 {
|
|
|
2777 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
|
|
|
2778 * at the end it stays at the end. */
|
|
|
2779 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
|
|
|
2780 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
|
|
|
2781 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2782 }
|
|
|
2783 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2784 }
|
|
|
2785 }
|
|
|
2786 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
|
|
|
2787 curbuf->b_last_change;
|
|
|
2788 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
|
|
|
2789 * takes you back to it. */
|
|
|
2790 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2791 #endif
|
|
|
2792 }
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2795 {
|
|
|
2796 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
|
2797 {
|
|
|
2798 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
|
|
|
2799 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
|
|
|
2800 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
|
|
|
2803 * values for the cursor. */
|
|
|
2804 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2805 /*
|
|
|
2806 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
|
|
|
2807 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
|
|
|
2808 */
|
|
|
2809 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
|
|
|
2812 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
|
|
|
2813 * might be displayed differently.
|
|
|
2814 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
|
|
|
2815 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
|
|
|
2816 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2817 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
2818 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2819 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2820 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
|
|
|
2821 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
|
|
|
2824 * compare with the first line in that range. */
|
|
|
2825 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
2826 {
|
|
|
2827 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
2828 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
|
|
|
2829 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2830 }
|
|
|
2831 #endif
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
2834 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2835 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
|
|
|
2836 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2837 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
|
|
|
2838 {
|
|
|
2839 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
|
|
|
2840 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
|
|
|
2841 approximate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
|
2842 }
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
|
|
|
2845 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
|
|
|
2846 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
|
|
|
2847 * after the change. */
|
|
|
2848 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
|
|
|
2849 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
|
|
|
2850 {
|
|
|
2851 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2852 {
|
|
|
2853 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
|
|
|
2854 {
|
|
|
2855 /* line included in change */
|
|
|
2856 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2857 }
|
|
|
2858 else if (xtra != 0)
|
|
|
2859 {
|
|
|
2860 /* line below change */
|
|
|
2861 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2862 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2863 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2864 #endif
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 }
|
|
|
2867 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2868 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2869 {
|
|
|
2870 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
|
|
|
2871 * may need to be redrawn */
|
|
|
2872 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2873 }
|
|
|
2874 #endif
|
|
|
2875 }
|
|
|
2876 }
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
|
|
|
2880 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
|
|
|
2881 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2882 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
694
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2885 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
|
|
1010
|
2886 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
2887 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
694
|
2888 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2889 #endif
|
|
7
|
2890 }
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 /*
|
|
|
2893 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2894 */
|
|
|
2895 void
|
|
|
2896 unchanged(buf, ff)
|
|
|
2897 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2898 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
|
|
|
2899 {
|
|
|
2900 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
|
|
|
2901 {
|
|
|
2902 buf->b_changed = 0;
|
|
39
|
2903 ml_setflags(buf);
|
|
7
|
2904 if (ff)
|
|
|
2905 save_file_ff(buf);
|
|
|
2906 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2907 check_status(buf);
|
|
673
|
2908 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2909 #endif
|
|
|
2910 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2911 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2912 #endif
|
|
|
2913 }
|
|
|
2914 ++buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2915 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2916 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
|
|
|
2917 #endif
|
|
|
2918 }
|
|
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2921 /*
|
|
|
2922 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2923 * need to be updated
|
|
|
2924 */
|
|
|
2925 void
|
|
|
2926 check_status(buf)
|
|
|
2927 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2932 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
|
|
|
2933 {
|
|
|
2934 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
2935 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2936 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2937 }
|
|
|
2938 }
|
|
|
2939 #endif
|
|
|
2940
|
|
|
2941 /*
|
|
|
2942 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
|
|
|
2943 * Don't do this for autocommands.
|
|
|
2944 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
|
|
548
|
2945 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
|
|
7
|
2946 * will be TRUE.
|
|
|
2947 */
|
|
|
2948 void
|
|
|
2949 change_warning(col)
|
|
|
2950 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
|
|
|
2951 mode and 'showmode' is on */
|
|
|
2952 {
|
|
|
2953 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
|
|
|
2954 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
|
|
|
2955 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2956 && !autocmd_busy
|
|
|
2957 #endif
|
|
|
2958 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2959 {
|
|
|
2960 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
819
|
2961 ++curbuf_lock;
|
|
7
|
2962 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
819
|
2963 --curbuf_lock;
|
|
7
|
2964 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2965 return;
|
|
|
2966 #endif
|
|
|
2967 /*
|
|
|
2968 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
|
|
|
2969 * be after the mode message.
|
|
|
2970 */
|
|
|
2971 msg_start();
|
|
|
2972 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2973 msg_col = col;
|
|
16
|
2974 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
2975 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
|
|
|
2976 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
|
|
|
2977 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
2978 (void)msg_end();
|
|
|
2979 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
|
|
|
2980 {
|
|
|
2981 out_flush();
|
|
|
2982 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
|
|
|
2983 }
|
|
|
2984 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
|
|
|
2985 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
|
|
|
2986 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2987 showmode();
|
|
|
2988 }
|
|
|
2989 }
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 /*
|
|
|
2992 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
|
|
|
2993 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
|
|
|
2994 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
|
|
|
2995 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
|
|
|
2996 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
|
|
|
2997 *
|
|
|
2998 * return the 'y' or 'n'
|
|
|
2999 */
|
|
|
3000 int
|
|
|
3001 ask_yesno(str, direct)
|
|
|
3002 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3003 int direct;
|
|
|
3004 {
|
|
|
3005 int r = ' ';
|
|
|
3006 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
|
|
|
3009 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
3010 ++no_wait_return;
|
|
|
3011 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3012 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3013 #endif
|
|
|
3014 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
|
|
|
3015 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3016 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
|
|
|
3017 #endif
|
|
|
3018 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3019 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
|
|
|
3022 {
|
|
|
3023 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
|
|
|
3024 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
|
|
|
3025 if (direct)
|
|
|
3026 r = get_keystroke();
|
|
|
3027 else
|
|
1474
|
3028 r = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
3029 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
|
|
|
3030 r = 'n';
|
|
|
3031 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
|
|
|
3032 out_flush();
|
|
|
3033 }
|
|
|
3034 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
3035 State = save_State;
|
|
|
3036 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3037 setmouse();
|
|
|
3038 #endif
|
|
|
3039 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3040 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 return r;
|
|
|
3043 }
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 /*
|
|
|
3046 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
|
|
|
3047 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
|
|
|
3048 * button (used at the more prompt).
|
|
|
3049 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
|
|
|
3050 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
|
|
|
3051 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
|
|
|
3052 */
|
|
|
3053 int
|
|
|
3054 get_keystroke()
|
|
|
3055 {
|
|
|
3056 #define CBUFLEN 151
|
|
|
3057 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
|
|
|
3058 int len = 0;
|
|
|
3059 int n;
|
|
|
3060 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
964
|
3061 int waited = 0;
|
|
7
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
|
|
|
3064 for (;;)
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 cursor_on();
|
|
|
3067 out_flush();
|
|
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
|
|
|
3070 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
|
|
|
3071 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
|
|
|
3072 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
|
|
|
3073 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
|
|
|
3074 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
|
|
|
3075 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3076 {
|
|
|
3077 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
|
|
|
3078 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
|
|
|
3079 len += n;
|
|
964
|
3080 waited = 0;
|
|
|
3081 }
|
|
|
3082 else if (len > 0)
|
|
|
3083 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
|
|
|
3086 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
|
|
|
3087 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
|
|
7
|
3088 continue;
|
|
964
|
3089
|
|
7
|
3090 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
|
|
|
3091 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3092 len = n;
|
|
|
3093 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
|
|
|
3094 continue;
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
|
|
|
3097 n = buf[0];
|
|
|
3098 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
3099 {
|
|
|
3100 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
|
|
|
3101 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
|
|
|
3102 || n == K_IGNORE
|
|
|
3103 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3104 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
|
|
|
3105 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
|
|
|
3106 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
|
|
|
3107 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
|
|
|
3108 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
|
|
|
3109 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
|
|
|
3110 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
|
|
|
3111 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
|
|
|
3112 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
|
|
|
3113 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
|
|
|
3114 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
|
|
|
3115 || n == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|
3116 || n == K_X1MOUSE
|
|
|
3117 || n == K_X1DRAG
|
|
|
3118 || n == K_X1RELEASE
|
|
|
3119 || n == K_X2MOUSE
|
|
|
3120 || n == K_X2DRAG
|
|
|
3121 || n == K_X2RELEASE
|
|
|
3122 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3123 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3124 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3125 # endif
|
|
|
3126 #endif
|
|
|
3127 )
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
|
|
|
3130 mod_mask = buf[2];
|
|
|
3131 len -= 3;
|
|
|
3132 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
3133 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
3134 continue;
|
|
|
3135 }
|
|
828
|
3136 break;
|
|
7
|
3137 }
|
|
|
3138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3139 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3140 {
|
|
|
3141 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
|
|
|
3142 continue; /* more bytes to get */
|
|
|
3143 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3144 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
|
|
|
3145 }
|
|
|
3146 #endif
|
|
|
3147 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3148 if (n == intr_char)
|
|
|
3149 n = ESC;
|
|
|
3150 #endif
|
|
|
3151 break;
|
|
|
3152 }
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
3155 return n;
|
|
|
3156 }
|
|
|
3157
|
|
|
3158 /*
|
|
374
|
3159 * Get a number from the user.
|
|
|
3160 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
|
|
7
|
3161 */
|
|
|
3162 int
|
|
374
|
3163 get_number(colon, mouse_used)
|
|
|
3164 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
|
|
|
3165 int *mouse_used;
|
|
7
|
3166 {
|
|
|
3167 int n = 0;
|
|
|
3168 int c;
|
|
810
|
3169 int typed = 0;
|
|
7
|
3170
|
|
374
|
3171 if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
|
3172 *mouse_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
3173
|
|
7
|
3174 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
|
|
|
3175 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
|
|
|
3176 if (msg_silent != 0)
|
|
|
3177 return 0;
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3180 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3181 #endif
|
|
|
3182 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3183 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
3184 for (;;)
|
|
|
3185 {
|
|
|
3186 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
|
|
|
3187 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3188 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
|
3190 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
|
|
|
3191 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
810
|
3192 ++typed;
|
|
7
|
3193 }
|
|
|
3194 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
3195 {
|
|
810
|
3196 if (typed > 0)
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
|
|
|
3199 --typed;
|
|
|
3200 }
|
|
7
|
3201 n /= 10;
|
|
|
3202 }
|
|
374
|
3203 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3204 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
3205 {
|
|
|
3206 *mouse_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
3207 n = mouse_row + 1;
|
|
|
3208 break;
|
|
|
3209 }
|
|
|
3210 #endif
|
|
7
|
3211 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
|
|
|
3212 {
|
|
|
3213 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
|
|
|
3214 if (!exmode_active)
|
|
|
3215 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3216 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
|
|
|
3217 do_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3218 break;
|
|
|
3219 }
|
|
|
3220 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
|
|
|
3221 break;
|
|
|
3222 }
|
|
|
3223 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3224 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3225 return n;
|
|
|
3226 }
|
|
|
3227
|
|
323
|
3228 /*
|
|
|
3229 * Ask the user to enter a number.
|
|
374
|
3230 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
|
|
|
3231 * the line number.
|
|
323
|
3232 */
|
|
|
3233 int
|
|
374
|
3234 prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
|
|
|
3235 int *mouse_used;
|
|
323
|
3236 {
|
|
|
3237 int i;
|
|
344
|
3238 int save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3239 int save_State;
|
|
323
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
|
|
375
|
3242 if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
|
3243 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
|
|
|
3244 else
|
|
|
3245 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
|
|
344
|
3246
|
|
957
|
3247 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
|
|
|
3248 * get mouse events. */
|
|
344
|
3249 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
957
|
3250 cmdline_row = 0;
|
|
344
|
3251 save_State = State;
|
|
957
|
3252 State = CMDLINE;
|
|
374
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
|
|
|
3255 if (KeyTyped)
|
|
|
3256 {
|
|
|
3257 /* don't call wait_return() now */
|
|
|
3258 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
|
|
323
|
3259 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
|
|
|
3260 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3261 msg_didany = FALSE;
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
344
|
3263 else
|
|
|
3264 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3265 State = save_State;
|
|
|
3266
|
|
323
|
3267 return i;
|
|
|
3268 }
|
|
|
3269
|
|
7
|
3270 void
|
|
|
3271 msgmore(n)
|
|
|
3272 long n;
|
|
|
3273 {
|
|
|
3274 long pn;
|
|
|
3275
|
|
|
3276 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
|
|
|
3277 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
|
|
|
3278 return;
|
|
|
3279
|
|
135
|
3280 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
|
|
|
3281 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
|
|
|
3282 * then "put" reports the last action. */
|
|
|
3283 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
|
|
|
3284 return;
|
|
|
3285
|
|
7
|
3286 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3287 pn = n;
|
|
|
3288 else
|
|
|
3289 pn = -n;
|
|
|
3290
|
|
|
3291 if (pn > p_report)
|
|
|
3292 {
|
|
|
3293 if (pn == 1)
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
|
3295 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3296 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
|
|
|
3297 else
|
|
|
3298 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
|
|
|
3299 }
|
|
|
3300 else
|
|
|
3301 {
|
|
|
3302 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3303 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3304 else
|
|
|
3305 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3306 }
|
|
|
3307 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3308 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
|
|
|
3309 if (msg(msg_buf))
|
|
|
3310 {
|
|
680
|
3311 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
|
|
135
|
3312 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3313 }
|
|
|
3314 }
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 /*
|
|
|
3318 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3319 */
|
|
|
3320 void
|
|
|
3321 beep_flush()
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3324 {
|
|
|
3325 flush_buffers(FALSE);
|
|
|
3326 vim_beep();
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328 }
|
|
|
3329
|
|
|
3330 /*
|
|
|
3331 * give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3332 */
|
|
|
3333 void
|
|
|
3334 vim_beep()
|
|
|
3335 {
|
|
|
3336 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3337 {
|
|
|
3338 if (p_vb
|
|
|
3339 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3340 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
|
|
|
3341 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
|
|
|
3342 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
|
|
|
3343 #endif
|
|
|
3344 )
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 out_str(T_VB);
|
|
|
3347 }
|
|
|
3348 else
|
|
|
3349 {
|
|
|
3350 #ifdef MSDOS
|
|
|
3351 /*
|
|
|
3352 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
|
|
|
3353 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
|
|
|
3354 * where the beeps don't overlap.
|
|
|
3355 */
|
|
|
3356 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3359 beep_count = 1;
|
|
|
3360 }
|
|
|
3361 else
|
|
|
3362 ++beep_count;
|
|
|
3363 #else
|
|
|
3364 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3365 #endif
|
|
|
3366 }
|
|
169
|
3367
|
|
|
3368 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
|
|
|
3369 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
|
|
|
3370 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
|
|
|
3371 {
|
|
|
3372 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3373 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3374 }
|
|
7
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376 }
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 /*
|
|
|
3379 * To get the "real" home directory:
|
|
|
3380 * - get value of $HOME
|
|
|
3381 * For Unix:
|
|
|
3382 * - go to that directory
|
|
|
3383 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
|
|
|
3384 * This also works with mounts and links.
|
|
|
3385 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
|
|
|
3386 */
|
|
|
3387 static char_u *homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 void
|
|
|
3390 init_homedir()
|
|
|
3391 {
|
|
|
3392 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3393
|
|
170
|
3394 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
|
|
|
3395 vim_free(homedir);
|
|
|
3396 homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3397
|
|
7
|
3398 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3399 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3400 #else
|
|
|
3401 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3402 #endif
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
|
|
|
3405 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
3408 /*
|
|
|
3409 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
|
|
|
3410 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
|
|
|
3411 * when $HOME is being set.
|
|
|
3412 */
|
|
|
3413 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
|
|
|
3414 {
|
|
|
3415 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3416 char_u *exp;
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
|
|
|
3419 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3420 {
|
|
419
|
3421 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
|
|
7
|
3422 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
|
|
|
3423 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
|
|
|
3424 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3425 {
|
|
274
|
3426 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
|
|
7
|
3427 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3428 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3429 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3430 }
|
|
|
3431 }
|
|
|
3432 }
|
|
|
3433
|
|
|
3434 /*
|
|
|
3435 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
|
|
|
3436 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
|
|
|
3437 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
|
|
|
3438 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
|
|
|
3439 */
|
|
|
3440 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3441 {
|
|
|
3442 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
|
|
|
3443
|
|
|
3444 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
|
|
|
3445 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
|
|
|
3446 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
|
|
|
3447 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
|
|
|
3450 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
3451 {
|
|
|
3452 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3453 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3454 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3455 }
|
|
|
3456 }
|
|
|
3457 }
|
|
170
|
3458
|
|
|
3459 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
3460 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
|
|
|
3461 {
|
|
|
3462 int len;
|
|
|
3463 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3464
|
|
|
3465 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3466 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
835
|
3467 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3468 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
|
3470 homedir = pp;
|
|
|
3471 return;
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473 }
|
|
|
3474 # endif
|
|
7
|
3475 #endif
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3478 /*
|
|
|
3479 * Default home dir is C:/
|
|
|
3480 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
|
|
|
3481 */
|
|
|
3482 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3483 var = "C:/";
|
|
|
3484 #endif
|
|
|
3485 if (var != NULL)
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3488 /*
|
|
|
3489 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
|
|
|
3490 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
|
|
|
3491 */
|
|
|
3492 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
|
|
|
3493 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
|
|
|
3494 {
|
|
|
3495 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
|
|
|
3496 var = IObuff;
|
|
|
3497 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
|
|
|
3498 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
|
|
|
3499 }
|
|
|
3500 #endif
|
|
|
3501 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3502 }
|
|
|
3503 }
|
|
|
3504
|
|
359
|
3505 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3506 void
|
|
|
3507 free_homedir()
|
|
|
3508 {
|
|
|
3509 vim_free(homedir);
|
|
|
3510 }
|
|
|
3511 #endif
|
|
|
3512
|
|
7
|
3513 /*
|
|
1408
|
3514 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
|
|
|
3515 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
|
|
|
3516 * again soon.
|
|
|
3517 */
|
|
|
3518 char_u *
|
|
|
3519 expand_env_save(src)
|
|
|
3520 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3521 {
|
|
|
3522 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
|
|
|
3523 }
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 /*
|
|
|
3526 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
|
|
|
3527 * expand "~" at the start.
|
|
|
3528 */
|
|
|
3529 char_u *
|
|
|
3530 expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
|
|
|
3531 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3532 int one;
|
|
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3537 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3538 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
|
|
|
3539 return p;
|
|
|
3540 }
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 /*
|
|
7
|
3543 * Expand environment variable with path name.
|
|
|
3544 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
|
|
1408
|
3545 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
|
|
7
|
3546 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
|
|
|
3547 */
|
|
|
3548 void
|
|
|
3549 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
|
|
|
3550 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3551 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3552 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
1408
|
3554 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
3555 }
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 void
|
|
1408
|
3558 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
|
|
374
|
3559 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
7
|
3560 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3561 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3562 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
|
|
1408
|
3563 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
|
|
374
|
3564 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
3565 {
|
|
|
3566 char_u *src;
|
|
7
|
3567 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
3568 int c;
|
|
|
3569 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3570 int copy_char;
|
|
|
3571 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
|
|
|
3572 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
|
|
374
|
3573 int startstr_len = 0;
|
|
|
3574
|
|
|
3575 if (startstr != NULL)
|
|
835
|
3576 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
|
|
374
|
3577
|
|
|
3578 src = skipwhite(srcp);
|
|
7
|
3579 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
|
|
|
3580 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
|
3582 copy_char = TRUE;
|
|
22
|
3583 if ((*src == '$'
|
|
|
3584 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3585 && at_start
|
|
|
3586 #endif
|
|
|
3587 )
|
|
7
|
3588 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3589 || *src == '%'
|
|
|
3590 #endif
|
|
|
3591 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 /*
|
|
|
3596 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
|
|
|
3597 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
|
|
|
3598 */
|
|
|
3599 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
|
|
|
3600 {
|
|
|
3601 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3602 var = dst;
|
|
|
3603 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3604
|
|
|
3605 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3606 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
|
|
|
3607 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
|
|
|
3610 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3611 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613 else
|
|
|
3614 #endif
|
|
|
3615 {
|
|
|
3616 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
|
|
|
3617 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3618 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3619 #endif
|
|
|
3620 ))
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
|
|
|
3623 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
|
|
|
3624 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
|
|
|
3625 #else
|
|
|
3626 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3627 #endif
|
|
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3632 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3633 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3634 # else
|
|
|
3635 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3636 # endif
|
|
|
3637 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3638 else
|
|
|
3639 {
|
|
|
3640 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3641 if (src[1] == '{')
|
|
|
3642 # else
|
|
|
3643 if (*src == '%')
|
|
|
3644 #endif
|
|
|
3645 ++tail;
|
|
|
3646 #endif
|
|
|
3647 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3648 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
|
|
|
3649 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3650 }
|
|
|
3651 #endif
|
|
|
3652 }
|
|
|
3653 /* home directory */
|
|
|
3654 else if ( src[1] == NUL
|
|
|
3655 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
|
|
|
3656 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
3657 {
|
|
|
3658 var = homedir;
|
|
|
3659 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3660 }
|
|
|
3661 else /* user directory */
|
|
|
3662 {
|
|
|
3663 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
|
|
|
3664 /*
|
|
|
3665 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
|
|
|
3666 */
|
|
|
3667 tail = src;
|
|
|
3668 var = dst;
|
|
|
3669 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3670 while ( c-- > 0
|
|
|
3671 && *tail
|
|
|
3672 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
|
|
|
3673 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3674 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3675 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3676 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3677 /*
|
|
|
3678 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
|
|
|
3679 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
|
|
|
3680 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
|
|
|
3681 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
|
|
|
3682 */
|
|
|
3683 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
|
3684 {
|
|
|
3685 struct passwd *pw;
|
|
|
3686
|
|
626
|
3687 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
|
|
|
3688 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
|
|
7
|
3689 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
|
|
|
3690 if (pw != NULL)
|
|
|
3691 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
|
|
|
3692 else
|
|
|
3693 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3694 }
|
|
|
3695 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3696 # endif
|
|
|
3697 {
|
|
|
3698 expand_T xpc;
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 ExpandInit(&xpc);
|
|
|
3701 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
|
|
|
3702 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
|
|
|
3703 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
|
|
|
3704 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3705 }
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
|
|
|
3708 /*
|
|
|
3709 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
|
|
|
3710 * directories to search for the user account in.
|
|
|
3711 */
|
|
|
3712 {
|
|
|
3713 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3714 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
|
|
|
3715 struct stat st;
|
|
|
3716
|
|
|
3717 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
|
|
|
3718 next_path = paths;
|
|
|
3719 while (*next_path)
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
|
|
|
3722 next_path++);
|
|
|
3723 if (*next_path)
|
|
|
3724 *next_path++ = NUL;
|
|
|
3725 STRCPY(test, path);
|
|
|
3726 STRCAT(test, "/");
|
|
|
3727 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
|
|
|
3728 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
|
|
|
3729 {
|
|
|
3730 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
|
|
|
3731 STRCPY(var, test);
|
|
|
3732 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3733 break;
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735 }
|
|
|
3736 }
|
|
|
3737 # endif /* UNIX */
|
|
|
3738 #else
|
|
|
3739 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
|
|
|
3740 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3741 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
|
|
|
3742 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */
|
|
|
3743 }
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3746 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
|
|
|
3747 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
|
|
|
3748 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
|
|
|
3749 {
|
|
|
3750 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3753 {
|
|
|
3754 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3755 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3756 var = p;
|
|
|
3757 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3758 forward_slash(var);
|
|
|
3759 }
|
|
|
3760 }
|
|
|
3761 #endif
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
|
|
|
3764 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
|
|
|
3765 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
|
3767 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3770 {
|
|
|
3771 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3772 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3773 var = p;
|
|
|
3774 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3775 }
|
|
|
3776 }
|
|
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
|
|
|
3779 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
|
|
|
3780 {
|
|
|
3781 STRCPY(dst, var);
|
|
|
3782 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
835
|
3783 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
7
|
3784 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
|
|
|
3785 * with it, skip a character */
|
|
39
|
3786 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
|
|
7
|
3787 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
3788 && dst[-1] != ':'
|
|
|
3789 #endif
|
|
|
3790 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3791 ++tail;
|
|
39
|
3792 dst += c;
|
|
7
|
3793 src = tail;
|
|
|
3794 copy_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3795 }
|
|
|
3796 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3797 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3798 }
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
|
|
|
3801 {
|
|
|
3802 /*
|
|
1224
|
3803 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
|
|
1408
|
3804 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
|
|
|
3805 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
|
|
7
|
3806 */
|
|
|
3807 at_start = FALSE;
|
|
|
3808 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
3809 {
|
|
|
3810 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3811 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3812 }
|
|
1408
|
3813 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
|
|
7
|
3814 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
|
3815 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3816 --dstlen;
|
|
374
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
|
|
|
3819 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
|
|
|
3820 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822 }
|
|
|
3823 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3824 }
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 /*
|
|
|
3827 * Vim's version of getenv().
|
|
|
3828 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
|
|
196
|
3829 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
|
|
7
|
3830 */
|
|
|
3831 char_u *
|
|
|
3832 vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
|
|
|
3833 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3834 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
|
|
|
3835 {
|
|
|
3836 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3837 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3838 int vimruntime;
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3841 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
|
|
|
3842 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
|
|
|
3843 return homedir;
|
|
|
3844 #endif
|
|
|
3845
|
|
|
3846 p = mch_getenv(name);
|
|
|
3847 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3848 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 if (p != NULL)
|
|
170
|
3851 {
|
|
|
3852 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3853 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3854 {
|
|
|
3855 int len;
|
|
|
3856 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3857
|
|
|
3858 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3859 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
835
|
3860 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3861 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3862 {
|
|
|
3863 p = pp;
|
|
|
3864 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3865 }
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867 #endif
|
|
7
|
3868 return p;
|
|
170
|
3869 }
|
|
7
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
|
|
|
3872 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
|
|
|
3873 return NULL;
|
|
|
3874
|
|
|
3875 /*
|
|
|
3876 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
|
|
|
3877 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
|
|
|
3878 */
|
|
|
3879 if (vimruntime
|
|
|
3880 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3881 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
|
|
|
3882 #endif
|
|
|
3883 )
|
|
|
3884 {
|
|
|
3885 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3886 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3887 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3888 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3889 {
|
|
|
3890 p = vim_version_dir(p);
|
|
|
3891 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3892 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3893 else
|
|
|
3894 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
170
|
3895
|
|
|
3896 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3897 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 int len;
|
|
|
3900 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
|
|
|
3903 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
|
|
|
3904 * characters. */
|
|
835
|
3905 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3906 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3907 {
|
|
|
3908 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3909 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3910 p = pp;
|
|
|
3911 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3912 }
|
|
|
3913 }
|
|
|
3914 #endif
|
|
7
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917
|
|
|
3918 /*
|
|
|
3919 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
|
|
|
3920 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
|
|
|
3921 * - the executable name from argv[0]
|
|
|
3922 */
|
|
|
3923 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3924 {
|
|
|
3925 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
|
|
|
3926 p = p_hf;
|
|
|
3927 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3928 /*
|
|
|
3929 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
|
|
|
3930 */
|
|
|
3931 else
|
|
|
3932 p = exe_name;
|
|
|
3933 #endif
|
|
|
3934 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 /* remove the file name */
|
|
|
3937 pend = gettail(p);
|
|
|
3938
|
|
|
3939 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
|
|
|
3940 if (p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3941 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
|
|
|
3942
|
|
|
3943 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3944 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
768
|
3945 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
|
|
7
|
3946 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
|
3948 char_u *pend1;
|
|
768
|
3949 char_u *pnew;
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
|
|
|
3952 if (pend1 != pend)
|
|
|
3953 {
|
|
|
3954 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
|
|
|
3955 if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
|
3956 {
|
|
|
3957 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
|
|
|
3958 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
|
|
|
3959 p = pnew;
|
|
|
3960 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3961 }
|
|
|
3962 }
|
|
7
|
3963 }
|
|
|
3964 # endif
|
|
|
3965 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3966 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3967 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
|
|
|
3968 #endif
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
|
|
|
3971 if (!vimruntime)
|
|
|
3972 {
|
|
|
3973 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
|
|
|
3974 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976
|
|
|
3977 /* remove trailing path separator */
|
|
|
3978 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
3979 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
|
|
|
3980 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
|
|
39
|
3981 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
|
|
7
|
3982 --pend;
|
|
|
3983 #endif
|
|
|
3984
|
|
768
|
3985 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3986 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3987 #endif
|
|
|
3988 /* check that the result is a directory name */
|
|
|
3989 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
|
|
7
|
3990
|
|
|
3991 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3992 {
|
|
|
3993 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3994 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
|
3996 else
|
|
|
3997 {
|
|
|
3998 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3999 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
|
|
|
4000 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4001 {
|
|
|
4002 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4003 p = pend;
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005 #endif
|
|
|
4006 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008 }
|
|
|
4009 }
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
4012 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
|
|
|
4013 * default_vimruntime_dir */
|
|
|
4014 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4015 {
|
|
|
4016 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
|
|
|
4017 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
4018 {
|
|
|
4019 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
|
|
|
4020 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
4021 }
|
|
|
4022 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
4023 {
|
|
|
4024 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4025 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
4026 else
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 p = default_vim_dir;
|
|
|
4029 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
4030 }
|
|
|
4031 }
|
|
|
4032 }
|
|
|
4033 #endif
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 /*
|
|
|
4036 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
|
|
|
4037 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
|
|
|
4038 */
|
|
|
4039 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4040 {
|
|
|
4041 if (vimruntime)
|
|
|
4042 {
|
|
|
4043 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
|
|
|
4044 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
|
|
|
4045 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
|
|
|
4046 {
|
|
115
|
4047 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
|
|
7
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
|
|
|
4052 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4053 }
|
|
|
4054 }
|
|
|
4055 #endif
|
|
|
4056 }
|
|
|
4057 else
|
|
|
4058 {
|
|
|
4059 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
|
|
|
4060 didset_vim = TRUE;
|
|
|
4061 }
|
|
|
4062 }
|
|
|
4063 return p;
|
|
|
4064 }
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 /*
|
|
|
4067 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
|
|
|
4068 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
|
|
|
4069 */
|
|
|
4070 static char_u *
|
|
|
4071 vim_version_dir(vimdir)
|
|
|
4072 char_u *vimdir;
|
|
|
4073 {
|
|
|
4074 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4075
|
|
|
4076 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
|
|
|
4077 return NULL;
|
|
|
4078 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
|
|
|
4079 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
4080 return p;
|
|
|
4081 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4082 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
|
|
|
4083 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
4084 return p;
|
|
|
4085 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4086 return NULL;
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
|
4088
|
|
|
4089 /*
|
|
|
4090 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
|
|
|
4091 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
4092 */
|
|
|
4093 static char_u *
|
|
|
4094 remove_tail(p, pend, name)
|
|
|
4095 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4096 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
4097 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4098 {
|
|
|
4099 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
|
|
|
4100 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 if (newend >= p
|
|
|
4103 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
|
|
39
|
4104 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
|
|
7
|
4105 return newend;
|
|
|
4106 return pend;
|
|
|
4107 }
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 /*
|
|
|
4110 * Our portable version of setenv.
|
|
|
4111 */
|
|
|
4112 void
|
|
|
4113 vim_setenv(name, val)
|
|
|
4114 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4115 char_u *val;
|
|
|
4116 {
|
|
|
4117 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV
|
|
|
4118 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
|
|
|
4119 #else
|
|
|
4120 char_u *envbuf;
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 /*
|
|
|
4123 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
|
|
|
4124 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
|
|
|
4125 */
|
|
|
4126 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
|
|
|
4127 if (envbuf != NULL)
|
|
|
4128 {
|
|
|
4129 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
|
|
|
4130 putenv((char *)envbuf);
|
|
|
4131 }
|
|
|
4132 #endif
|
|
|
4133 }
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4136 /*
|
|
|
4137 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
|
|
|
4138 */
|
|
|
4139 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4140 char_u *
|
|
|
4141 get_env_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
4142 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
4143 int idx;
|
|
|
4144 {
|
|
|
4145 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
|
|
|
4146 /*
|
|
|
4147 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
|
|
|
4148 */
|
|
|
4149 return NULL;
|
|
|
4150 # else
|
|
|
4151 # ifndef __WIN32__
|
|
|
4152 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
|
|
|
4153 extern char **environ;
|
|
|
4154 # endif
|
|
17
|
4155 # define ENVNAMELEN 100
|
|
|
4156 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
|
|
7
|
4157 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4158 int n;
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
|
|
|
4161 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
4162 return NULL;
|
|
|
4163
|
|
17
|
4164 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
|
|
7
|
4165 {
|
|
|
4166 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
|
|
|
4167 break;
|
|
|
4168 name[n] = str[n];
|
|
|
4169 }
|
|
|
4170 name[n] = NUL;
|
|
|
4171 return name;
|
|
|
4172 # endif
|
|
|
4173 }
|
|
|
4174 #endif
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 /*
|
|
|
4177 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
|
|
|
4178 * 'src'.
|
|
|
4179 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
|
|
|
4180 */
|
|
|
4181 void
|
|
|
4182 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
|
|
|
4183 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4184 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4185 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
4186 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
4187 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
|
|
|
4188 spaces and commas in the file name. */
|
|
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
|
|
|
4191 size_t len;
|
|
|
4192 char_u *homedir_env;
|
|
|
4193 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 if (src == NULL)
|
|
|
4196 {
|
|
|
4197 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4198 return;
|
|
|
4199 }
|
|
|
4200
|
|
|
4201 /*
|
|
|
4202 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
|
|
|
4203 */
|
|
|
4204 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
|
|
|
4205 {
|
|
|
4206 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
|
|
|
4207 return;
|
|
|
4208 }
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 /*
|
|
|
4211 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
|
|
|
4212 * "real" home directory.
|
|
|
4213 */
|
|
|
4214 if (homedir != NULL)
|
|
|
4215 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4218 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
4219 #else
|
|
|
4220 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
4221 #endif
|
|
|
4222
|
|
|
4223 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
|
|
|
4224 homedir_env = NULL;
|
|
|
4225 if (homedir_env != NULL)
|
|
|
4226 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 if (!one)
|
|
|
4229 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
4230 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
|
4232 /*
|
|
|
4233 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
|
|
|
4234 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
|
|
|
4235 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
|
|
|
4236 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
|
|
|
4237 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
|
|
|
4238 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
|
|
|
4239 * er's home directory)).
|
|
|
4240 */
|
|
|
4241 p = homedir;
|
|
|
4242 len = dirlen;
|
|
|
4243 for (;;)
|
|
|
4244 {
|
|
|
4245 if ( len
|
|
|
4246 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
|
|
|
4247 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
|
|
|
4248 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
|
|
|
4249 || src[len] == NUL))
|
|
|
4250 {
|
|
|
4251 src += len;
|
|
|
4252 if (--dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4253 *dst++ = '~';
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 /*
|
|
|
4256 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
|
|
|
4257 */
|
|
|
4258 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4259 *dst++ = '/';
|
|
|
4260 break;
|
|
|
4261 }
|
|
|
4262 if (p == homedir_env)
|
|
|
4263 break;
|
|
|
4264 p = homedir_env;
|
|
|
4265 len = envlen;
|
|
|
4266 }
|
|
|
4267
|
|
|
4268 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
|
|
|
4269 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4270 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4271 /* skip separator */
|
|
|
4272 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4273 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4274 }
|
|
|
4275 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
|
|
|
4276
|
|
|
4277 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4278 }
|
|
|
4279
|
|
|
4280 /*
|
|
|
4281 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4282 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
|
|
|
4283 */
|
|
|
4284 char_u *
|
|
|
4285 home_replace_save(buf, src)
|
|
|
4286 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4287 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4288 {
|
|
|
4289 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
4290 unsigned len;
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
|
|
|
4293 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4294 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
|
|
|
4295 dst = alloc(len);
|
|
|
4296 if (dst != NULL)
|
|
|
4297 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
|
|
|
4298 return dst;
|
|
|
4299 }
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 /*
|
|
|
4302 * Compare two file names and return:
|
|
|
4303 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
|
|
|
4304 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
|
|
|
4305 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
|
|
|
4306 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
|
|
|
4307 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
|
|
|
4308 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
|
|
|
4309 */
|
|
|
4310 int
|
|
|
4311 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
|
|
|
4312 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
4313 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
|
|
|
4314 {
|
|
|
4315 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4316 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4317 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4318 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4319 struct stat st1, st2;
|
|
|
4320 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4323 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
|
|
|
4324 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
|
|
|
4325 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
|
|
|
4328 if (checkname)
|
|
|
4329 {
|
|
|
4330 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4331 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4332 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4333 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4334 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
|
|
|
4335 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4336 }
|
|
|
4337 return FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4338 }
|
|
|
4339 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4340 return FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4341 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
|
|
|
4342 return FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4343 return FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4344 #else
|
|
|
4345 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
|
|
|
4346 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
|
|
|
4347 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
|
|
|
4348 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4349 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4350
|
|
|
4351 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
|
|
|
4352 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4355 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4356
|
|
|
4357 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4358 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4359 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
4362 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4363 {
|
|
|
4364 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4365 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4366 else
|
|
|
4367 retval = FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4368 }
|
|
|
4369 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4370 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4371 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
|
|
|
4372 retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4373 else
|
|
|
4374 retval = FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4375 vim_free(exp1);
|
|
|
4376 }
|
|
|
4377 return retval;
|
|
|
4378 #endif
|
|
|
4379 }
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381 /*
|
|
10
|
4382 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
|
|
|
4383 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
|
|
7
|
4384 */
|
|
|
4385 char_u *
|
|
|
4386 gettail(fname)
|
|
|
4387 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4388 {
|
|
|
4389 char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
4390
|
|
|
4391 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4392 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4393 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
|
|
|
4394 {
|
|
|
4395 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
|
|
|
4396 p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
39
|
4397 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
|
|
7
|
4398 }
|
|
|
4399 return p1;
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401
|
|
|
4402 /*
|
|
39
|
4403 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
|
|
|
4404 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
|
|
|
4405 * Always returns a valid pointer.
|
|
|
4406 */
|
|
|
4407 char_u *
|
|
|
4408 gettail_sep(fname)
|
|
|
4409 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4410 {
|
|
|
4411 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4412 char_u *t;
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
|
|
|
4415 t = gettail(fname);
|
|
|
4416 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
|
|
|
4417 --t;
|
|
|
4418 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4419 /* path separator is part of the path */
|
|
|
4420 ++t;
|
|
|
4421 #endif
|
|
|
4422 return t;
|
|
|
4423 }
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 /*
|
|
7
|
4426 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
|
|
|
4427 */
|
|
|
4428 char_u *
|
|
|
4429 getnextcomp(fname)
|
|
|
4430 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4431 {
|
|
|
4432 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
|
|
39
|
4433 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
|
|
7
|
4434 if (*fname)
|
|
|
4435 ++fname;
|
|
|
4436 return fname;
|
|
|
4437 }
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 /*
|
|
|
4440 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
|
|
|
4441 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
|
|
|
4442 * If there is no head, path is returned.
|
|
|
4443 */
|
|
|
4444 char_u *
|
|
|
4445 get_past_head(path)
|
|
|
4446 char_u *path;
|
|
|
4447 {
|
|
|
4448 char_u *retval;
|
|
|
4449
|
|
|
4450 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
4451 /* may skip "c:" */
|
|
|
4452 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4453 retval = path + 2;
|
|
|
4454 else
|
|
|
4455 retval = path;
|
|
|
4456 #else
|
|
|
4457 # if defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
4458 /* may skip "label:" */
|
|
|
4459 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
|
|
|
4460 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
4461 retval = path;
|
|
|
4462 # else /* Unix */
|
|
|
4463 retval = path;
|
|
|
4464 # endif
|
|
|
4465 #endif
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
|
|
|
4468 ++retval;
|
|
|
4469
|
|
|
4470 return retval;
|
|
|
4471 }
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 /*
|
|
|
4474 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
|
|
|
4475 */
|
|
|
4476 int
|
|
|
4477 vim_ispathsep(c)
|
|
|
4478 int c;
|
|
|
4479 {
|
|
|
4480 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
4481 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
|
|
|
4482 #else
|
|
|
4483 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4484 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
|
|
|
4485 # else
|
|
|
4486 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4487 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
|
|
|
4488 # else
|
|
|
4489 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4490 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
|
|
|
4491 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
|
|
|
4492 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
|
|
720
|
4493 # else /* Amiga */
|
|
7
|
4494 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
|
|
|
4495 # endif /* VMS */
|
|
|
4496 # endif
|
|
|
4497 # endif
|
|
|
4498 #endif /* RISC OS */
|
|
|
4499 }
|
|
|
4500
|
|
|
4501 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4502 /*
|
|
|
4503 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
|
|
|
4504 */
|
|
|
4505 int
|
|
|
4506 vim_ispathlistsep(c)
|
|
|
4507 int c;
|
|
|
4508 {
|
|
|
4509 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4510 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4511 #else
|
|
1224
|
4512 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
|
|
7
|
4513 #endif
|
|
|
4514 }
|
|
|
4515 #endif
|
|
|
4516
|
|
819
|
4517 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
|
|
|
4518 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4519 /*
|
|
|
4520 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
|
|
|
4521 * It's done in-place.
|
|
|
4522 */
|
|
|
4523 void
|
|
|
4524 shorten_dir(str)
|
|
|
4525 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4526 {
|
|
|
4527 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
|
|
|
4528 int skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 tail = gettail(str);
|
|
|
4531 d = str;
|
|
|
4532 for (s = str; ; ++s)
|
|
|
4533 {
|
|
|
4534 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
|
|
|
4535 {
|
|
|
4536 *d++ = *s;
|
|
|
4537 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
4538 break;
|
|
|
4539 }
|
|
|
4540 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
|
|
|
4541 {
|
|
|
4542 *d++ = *s;
|
|
|
4543 skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
4544 }
|
|
|
4545 else if (!skip)
|
|
|
4546 {
|
|
|
4547 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
|
|
|
4548 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
|
|
|
4549 skip = TRUE;
|
|
|
4550 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4551 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4552 {
|
|
|
4553 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 while (--l > 0)
|
|
927
|
4556 *d++ = *++s;
|
|
819
|
4557 }
|
|
|
4558 # endif
|
|
|
4559 }
|
|
|
4560 }
|
|
|
4561 }
|
|
|
4562 #endif
|
|
|
4563
|
|
594
|
4564 /*
|
|
|
4565 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
|
|
|
4566 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
|
|
|
4567 * "fname" must be writable!.
|
|
|
4568 */
|
|
|
4569 int
|
|
|
4570 dir_of_file_exists(fname)
|
|
|
4571 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4572 {
|
|
|
4573 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4574 int c;
|
|
|
4575 int retval;
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 p = gettail_sep(fname);
|
|
|
4578 if (p == fname)
|
|
|
4579 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4580 c = *p;
|
|
|
4581 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4582 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
|
|
|
4583 *p = c;
|
|
|
4584 return retval;
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586
|
|
7
|
4587 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
|
|
|
4588 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4589 /*
|
|
|
4590 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
|
|
|
4591 */
|
|
|
4592 int
|
|
|
4593 vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
|
|
|
4594 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4595 {
|
|
|
4596 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 int
|
|
|
4600 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
|
|
|
4601 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4602 size_t len;
|
|
|
4603 {
|
|
|
4604 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
|
|
|
4605 {
|
|
|
4606 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
|
|
|
4607 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
|
|
|
4608 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
|
|
|
4609 break;
|
|
|
4610 ++x;
|
|
|
4611 ++y;
|
|
|
4612 --len;
|
|
|
4613 }
|
|
|
4614 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
4615 return 0;
|
|
|
4616 return (*x - *y);
|
|
|
4617 }
|
|
|
4618 #endif
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 /*
|
|
|
4621 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
|
|
1224
|
4622 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
|
|
7
|
4623 */
|
|
|
4624 char_u *
|
|
|
4625 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
|
|
|
4626 char_u *fname1;
|
|
|
4627 char_u *fname2;
|
|
|
4628 int sep;
|
|
|
4629 {
|
|
|
4630 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
|
|
|
4633 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4634 {
|
|
|
4635 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
|
|
|
4636 if (sep)
|
|
|
4637 add_pathsep(dest);
|
|
|
4638 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
|
|
|
4639 }
|
|
|
4640 return dest;
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642
|
|
115
|
4643 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4644 /*
|
|
|
4645 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4646 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4647 */
|
|
|
4648 char_u *
|
|
|
4649 concat_str(str1, str2)
|
|
|
4650 char_u *str1;
|
|
|
4651 char_u *str2;
|
|
|
4652 {
|
|
|
4653 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4654 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
|
|
|
4657 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4658 {
|
|
|
4659 STRCPY(dest, str1);
|
|
|
4660 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
|
|
|
4661 }
|
|
|
4662 return dest;
|
|
|
4663 }
|
|
|
4664 #endif
|
|
|
4665
|
|
7
|
4666 /*
|
|
|
4667 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
|
|
|
4668 * separator.
|
|
|
4669 */
|
|
|
4670 void
|
|
|
4671 add_pathsep(p)
|
|
|
4672 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4673 {
|
|
39
|
4674 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
|
|
7
|
4675 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4676 }
|
|
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 /*
|
|
|
4679 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
|
|
|
4680 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4681 */
|
|
|
4682 char_u *
|
|
|
4683 FullName_save(fname, force)
|
|
|
4684 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4685 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
|
|
|
4686 like a full path name */
|
|
|
4687 {
|
|
|
4688 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4689 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4692 return NULL;
|
|
|
4693
|
|
|
4694 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4695 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4696 {
|
|
|
4697 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
|
|
|
4698 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
4699 else
|
|
|
4700 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
|
4701 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4702 }
|
|
|
4703 return new_fname;
|
|
|
4704 }
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
4707
|
|
|
4708 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 /*
|
|
|
4711 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
|
|
|
4712 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
|
4713 */
|
|
|
4714 pos_T *
|
|
|
4715 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4716 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4717 {
|
|
|
4718 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
4719 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4720 char_u *p;
|
|
829
|
4721 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 for (;;)
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
|
4725 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
|
|
|
4726 if (pos == NULL)
|
|
|
4727 break;
|
|
|
4728
|
|
|
4729 /*
|
|
|
4730 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
|
|
|
4731 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
|
|
|
4732 */
|
|
|
4733 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
4734 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
|
4735 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
4736 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
|
|
|
4737 break;
|
|
|
4738 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
|
|
|
4739 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
|
|
|
4740 {
|
|
|
4741 pos = NULL;
|
|
|
4742 break;
|
|
|
4743 }
|
|
|
4744 }
|
|
7
|
4745 return pos;
|
|
|
4746 }
|
|
|
4747
|
|
|
4748 /*
|
|
|
4749 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
|
|
|
4750 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
|
|
|
4751 */
|
|
|
4752 static char_u *
|
|
|
4753 skip_string(p)
|
|
|
4754 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4755 {
|
|
|
4756 int i;
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 /*
|
|
|
4759 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
|
|
|
4760 */
|
|
|
4761 for ( ; ; ++p)
|
|
|
4762 {
|
|
|
4763 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4764 {
|
|
|
4765 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
|
|
|
4766 break;
|
|
|
4767 i = 2;
|
|
|
4768 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4769 {
|
|
|
4770 ++i;
|
|
|
4771 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
|
|
|
4772 ++i;
|
|
|
4773 }
|
|
|
4774 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
|
|
|
4775 {
|
|
|
4776 p += i;
|
|
|
4777 continue;
|
|
|
4778 }
|
|
|
4779 }
|
|
|
4780 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
|
|
|
4783 {
|
|
|
4784 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4785 ++p;
|
|
|
4786 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
|
|
|
4787 break;
|
|
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
|
4790 continue;
|
|
|
4791 }
|
|
|
4792 break; /* no string found */
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794 if (!*p)
|
|
|
4795 --p; /* backup from NUL */
|
|
|
4796 return p;
|
|
|
4797 }
|
|
|
4798 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 /*
|
|
|
4803 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
|
|
|
4804 */
|
|
|
4805 void
|
|
|
4806 do_c_expr_indent()
|
|
|
4807 {
|
|
|
4808 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
4809 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
4810 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
|
|
|
4811 else
|
|
|
4812 # endif
|
|
|
4813 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
|
|
|
4814 }
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 /*
|
|
|
4817 * Functions for C-indenting.
|
|
|
4818 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
|
|
|
4819 */
|
|
|
4820 /*
|
|
|
4821 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
|
|
|
4822 */
|
|
|
4823
|
|
|
4824 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4825 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4826 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4827 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
|
|
|
4828 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4829 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
|
|
|
4830 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4831 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4832 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4833 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4834 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4835 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
|
|
|
4836 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4837 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4838 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
4839 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4840 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
|
|
|
4841 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4842 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4843 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4844 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
|
|
829
|
4845 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
7
|
4846 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
1336
|
4847 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
|
|
828
|
4848 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
|
|
7
|
4849 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
4850 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
|
|
|
4851 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
4852 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
|
|
|
4853 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
|
|
|
4854 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
|
|
|
4855 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4856
|
|
1096
|
4857 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
|
|
|
4858
|
|
7
|
4859 /*
|
|
|
4860 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
|
|
1096
|
4861 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
|
|
7
|
4862 */
|
|
|
4863 static char_u *
|
|
|
4864 cin_skipcomment(s)
|
|
|
4865 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
|
4867 while (*s)
|
|
|
4868 {
|
|
1096
|
4869 char_u *prev_s = s;
|
|
|
4870
|
|
7
|
4871 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
1096
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
|
|
|
4874 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
|
|
|
4875 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
|
|
|
4876 {
|
|
|
4877 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4878 break;
|
|
|
4879 }
|
|
7
|
4880 if (*s != '/')
|
|
|
4881 break;
|
|
|
4882 ++s;
|
|
|
4883 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
|
|
|
4884 {
|
|
|
4885 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4886 break;
|
|
|
4887 }
|
|
|
4888 if (*s != '*')
|
|
|
4889 break;
|
|
|
4890 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
|
|
|
4891 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
|
|
|
4892 {
|
|
|
4893 s += 2;
|
|
|
4894 break;
|
|
|
4895 }
|
|
|
4896 }
|
|
|
4897 return s;
|
|
|
4898 }
|
|
|
4899
|
|
|
4900 /*
|
|
|
4901 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
|
|
|
4902 * not considered code.
|
|
|
4903 */
|
|
|
4904 static int
|
|
|
4905 cin_nocode(s)
|
|
|
4906 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4907 {
|
|
|
4908 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 /*
|
|
|
4912 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
|
|
|
4913 */
|
|
|
4914 static pos_T *
|
|
|
4915 find_line_comment() /* XXX */
|
|
|
4916 {
|
|
|
4917 static pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4918 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4919 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4920
|
|
|
4921 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4922 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
|
|
|
4925 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4926 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
|
|
|
4927 {
|
|
|
4928 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
4929 return &pos;
|
|
|
4930 }
|
|
|
4931 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
4932 break;
|
|
|
4933 }
|
|
|
4934 return NULL;
|
|
|
4935 }
|
|
|
4936
|
|
|
4937 /*
|
|
|
4938 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
|
|
|
4939 */
|
|
|
4940 static int
|
|
|
4941 cin_islabel_skip(s)
|
|
|
4942 char_u **s;
|
|
|
4943 {
|
|
|
4944 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
|
4945 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4946
|
|
|
4947 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
|
|
|
4948 (*s)++;
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
|
|
|
4951
|
|
|
4952 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
|
4953 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
|
|
|
4954 }
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 /*
|
|
|
4957 * Recognize a label: "label:".
|
|
|
4958 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
|
|
|
4959 */
|
|
|
4960 int
|
|
|
4961 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4962 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4963 {
|
|
|
4964 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 /*
|
|
|
4969 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
|
|
|
4970 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
|
|
|
4971 */
|
|
|
4972 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4973 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4974 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
|
|
|
4975 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
|
4979 /*
|
|
|
4980 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
|
|
|
4981 * label.
|
|
|
4982 */
|
|
|
4983 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4984 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
4985 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4986
|
|
|
4987 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4988 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
4989 {
|
|
|
4990 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4991
|
|
|
4992 /*
|
|
|
4993 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
4994 */
|
|
|
4995 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4996 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4997 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5000 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
5001 continue;
|
|
|
5002 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
|
|
|
5003 continue;
|
|
|
5004
|
|
|
5005 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5006 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
|
|
|
5007 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
|
|
|
5008 || cin_iscase(line)
|
|
|
5009 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
|
|
|
5010 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5011 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5012 }
|
|
|
5013 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5014 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
|
|
|
5015 }
|
|
|
5016 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5017 }
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 /*
|
|
|
5020 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
|
|
|
5021 * Q&D-Implementation:
|
|
|
5022 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
|
|
|
5023 */
|
|
|
5024 static int
|
|
|
5025 cin_isinit(void)
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
|
|
|
5032 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
5035 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
|
|
|
5038 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5041 }
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 /*
|
|
|
5044 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
|
|
|
5045 */
|
|
|
5046 int
|
|
|
5047 cin_iscase(s)
|
|
|
5048 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5051 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
5052 {
|
|
|
5053 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
|
|
|
5054 {
|
|
|
5055 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5056 if (*s == ':')
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
5059 ++s;
|
|
|
5060 else
|
|
|
5061 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5062 }
|
|
|
5063 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
5064 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
|
|
|
5065 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
|
|
|
5066 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
|
|
|
5067 else if (*s == '"')
|
|
|
5068 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
|
|
|
5069 }
|
|
|
5070 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5071 }
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
5074 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5075 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5076 }
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 /*
|
|
|
5079 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
|
|
|
5080 */
|
|
|
5081 static int
|
|
|
5082 cin_isdefault(s)
|
|
|
5083 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5084 {
|
|
|
5085 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
|
|
|
5086 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
|
|
|
5087 && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
5088 }
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 /*
|
|
|
5091 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
|
|
|
5092 */
|
|
|
5093 int
|
|
|
5094 cin_isscopedecl(s)
|
|
|
5095 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5096 {
|
|
|
5097 int i;
|
|
|
5098
|
|
|
5099 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5100 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5101 i = 6;
|
|
|
5102 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
5103 i = 9;
|
|
|
5104 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
5105 i = 7;
|
|
|
5106 else
|
|
|
5107 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5108 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
5109 }
|
|
|
5110
|
|
|
5111 /*
|
|
|
5112 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
|
|
|
5113 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
|
5114 * case 234: a = b;
|
|
|
5115 * ^
|
|
|
5116 */
|
|
|
5117 static char_u *
|
|
|
5118 after_label(l)
|
|
|
5119 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5120 {
|
|
|
5121 for ( ; *l; ++l)
|
|
|
5122 {
|
|
|
5123 if (*l == ':')
|
|
|
5124 {
|
|
|
5125 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
5126 ++l;
|
|
|
5127 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
|
|
|
5128 break;
|
|
|
5129 }
|
|
|
5130 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
5131 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
|
|
|
5132 }
|
|
|
5133 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
5134 return NULL;
|
|
|
5135 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
|
|
|
5136 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
5137 return NULL;
|
|
|
5138 return l;
|
|
|
5139 }
|
|
|
5140
|
|
|
5141 /*
|
|
|
5142 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
|
|
|
5143 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
|
|
|
5144 */
|
|
|
5145 static int
|
|
|
5146 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5147 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5150 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5151 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5152 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 l = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5155 p = after_label(l);
|
|
|
5156 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5157 return 0;
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
|
|
|
5160 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5161 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5162 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5163 }
|
|
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 /*
|
|
|
5166 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
|
|
829
|
5167 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
|
|
7
|
5168 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
|
|
|
5169 * ^
|
|
|
5170 */
|
|
|
5171 static int
|
|
|
5172 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
5173 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5174 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
5175 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5176 {
|
|
|
5177 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5178 int amount;
|
|
|
5179 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5182 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5183 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5184 /* XXX */
|
|
|
5185 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
5186 {
|
|
|
5187 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
|
|
|
5188 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5189 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
5190 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5191 }
|
|
|
5192 else
|
|
|
5193 {
|
|
|
5194 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
5195 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5196 }
|
|
|
5197 *pp = l;
|
|
|
5198
|
|
|
5199 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5200 return amount;
|
|
|
5201 }
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 /*
|
|
|
5204 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
|
|
|
5205 * int a, indent of "a"
|
|
|
5206 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
|
|
|
5207 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
|
|
|
5208 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
|
|
|
5209 */
|
|
|
5210 static int
|
|
|
5211 cin_first_id_amount()
|
|
|
5212 {
|
|
|
5213 char_u *line, *p, *s;
|
|
|
5214 int len;
|
|
|
5215 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5216 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5219 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
835
|
5220 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
7
|
5221 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5222 {
|
|
|
5223 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
856
|
5224 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
7
|
5225 }
|
|
|
5226 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5227 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
5228 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5229 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
5230 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
5231 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
|
|
|
5232 {
|
|
|
5233 s = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5234 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
|
|
|
5235 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
|
|
|
5236 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
|
|
|
5237 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
|
|
|
5238 p = s;
|
|
|
5239 }
|
|
|
5240 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
|
|
|
5241 ;
|
|
|
5242 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
|
|
|
5243 return 0;
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 p = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5246 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5247 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
|
5248 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5249 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5250 }
|
|
|
5251
|
|
|
5252 /*
|
|
|
5253 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
|
|
|
5254 * char *foo = "here";
|
|
|
5255 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
|
|
|
5256 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
|
|
|
5257 * foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
5258 * asdf\
|
|
|
5259 * here";
|
|
|
5260 */
|
|
|
5261 static int
|
|
|
5262 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
|
|
|
5263 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5266 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5267 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5268 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 if (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5271 {
|
|
|
5272 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5273 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
5274 return -1;
|
|
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5278 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5281 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5282 else
|
|
|
5283 ++s;
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285 if (*s != '=')
|
|
|
5286 return 0;
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
|
|
|
5289 if (cin_nocode(s))
|
|
|
5290 return 0;
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
|
|
|
5293 ++s;
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5296 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5297 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5298 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 /*
|
|
|
5302 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
|
|
|
5303 */
|
|
|
5304 static int
|
|
|
5305 cin_ispreproc(s)
|
|
|
5306 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5307 {
|
|
|
5308 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
5309 if (*s == '#')
|
|
|
5310 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5311 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5312 }
|
|
|
5313
|
|
|
5314 /*
|
|
|
5315 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
|
|
|
5316 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
|
|
|
5317 * start and return the line in "*pp".
|
|
|
5318 */
|
|
|
5319 static int
|
|
|
5320 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
|
|
|
5321 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
5322 linenr_T *lnump;
|
|
|
5323 {
|
|
|
5324 char_u *line = *pp;
|
|
|
5325 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
|
|
|
5326 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5327
|
|
408
|
5328 for (;;)
|
|
7
|
5329 {
|
|
|
5330 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
|
|
|
5331 {
|
|
|
5332 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5333 *lnump = lnum;
|
|
|
5334 break;
|
|
|
5335 }
|
|
|
5336 if (lnum == 1)
|
|
|
5337 break;
|
|
|
5338 line = ml_get(--lnum);
|
|
|
5339 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5340 break;
|
|
|
5341 }
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 if (lnum != *lnump)
|
|
|
5344 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
|
|
|
5345 return retval;
|
|
|
5346 }
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 /*
|
|
|
5349 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
|
|
|
5350 */
|
|
|
5351 static int
|
|
|
5352 cin_iscomment(p)
|
|
|
5353 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5354 {
|
|
|
5355 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
|
|
|
5356 }
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 /*
|
|
|
5359 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
|
|
|
5360 */
|
|
|
5361 static int
|
|
|
5362 cin_islinecomment(p)
|
|
|
5363 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
|
|
|
5366 }
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 /*
|
|
|
5369 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
|
|
|
5370 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
|
|
|
5371 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
|
|
|
5372 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
|
|
|
5373 */
|
|
|
5374 static int
|
|
|
5375 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
|
|
|
5376 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5377 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
|
|
|
5378 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
|
|
|
5379 {
|
|
|
5380 char_u found_start = 0;
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
|
|
|
5385 found_start = *s;
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 while (*s)
|
|
|
5388 {
|
|
|
5389 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
|
|
|
5390 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
|
|
|
5391 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5392 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
|
|
|
5393 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5394 return *s;
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 if (*s)
|
|
|
5397 s++;
|
|
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399 return found_start;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 /*
|
|
|
5403 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
|
|
|
5404 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
|
|
|
5405 * no semicolons anywhere.
|
|
|
5406 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
|
|
|
5407 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
|
|
|
5408 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
|
|
|
5409 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
|
|
|
5410 */
|
|
|
5411 static int
|
|
|
5412 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
|
|
|
5413 char_u **sp;
|
|
|
5414 linenr_T first_lnum;
|
|
|
5415 {
|
|
|
5416 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5417 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
|
|
|
5418 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
5421 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5422 else
|
|
|
5423 s = *sp;
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5426 {
|
|
|
5427 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5428 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5429 else
|
|
|
5430 ++s;
|
|
|
5431 }
|
|
|
5432 if (*s != '(')
|
|
|
5433 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5436 {
|
|
|
5437 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5438 {
|
|
|
5439 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
|
|
|
5440 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
|
|
|
5441 * #if defined(x) && \
|
|
|
5442 * defined(y)
|
|
|
5443 */
|
|
|
5444 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
|
|
|
5445 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5446 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5447 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5448 goto done;
|
|
|
5449 }
|
|
|
5450 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5451 {
|
|
|
5452 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
|
|
|
5453 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5454 break;
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 s = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
5457 }
|
|
|
5458 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5459 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5460 else
|
|
|
5461 ++s;
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 done:
|
|
|
5465 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
|
|
|
5466 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
|
|
|
5467
|
|
|
5468 return retval;
|
|
|
5469 }
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 static int
|
|
|
5472 cin_isif(p)
|
|
|
5473 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5474 {
|
|
|
5475 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5476 }
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 static int
|
|
|
5479 cin_iselse(p)
|
|
|
5480 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5481 {
|
|
|
5482 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
|
|
|
5483 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5484 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
|
|
|
5485 }
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 static int
|
|
|
5488 cin_isdo(p)
|
|
|
5489 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5490 {
|
|
|
5491 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5492 }
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 /*
|
|
|
5495 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
|
|
|
5496 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
|
|
|
5497 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
|
|
|
5498 */
|
|
|
5499 static int
|
|
|
5500 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5501 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5502 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5503 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5506 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5507 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5510 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5511 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5512 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5515 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5516 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5517 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5518 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
|
|
|
5519 {
|
|
|
5520 ++p;
|
|
|
5521 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5522 }
|
|
|
5523 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
|
5524 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
|
|
|
5525 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5526 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5527 }
|
|
|
5528 return retval;
|
|
|
5529 }
|
|
|
5530
|
|
829
|
5531 /*
|
|
|
5532 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
|
|
|
5533 * do
|
|
|
5534 * nothing;
|
|
|
5535 * while (foo
|
|
856
|
5536 * && bar); <-- here
|
|
829
|
5537 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
|
|
|
5538 */
|
|
|
5539 static int
|
|
|
5540 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
5541 int terminated;
|
|
|
5542 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5543 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5544 {
|
|
|
5545 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5546 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5547 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5548 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5549 int i;
|
|
|
5550
|
|
|
5551 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
|
|
|
5552 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5553
|
|
|
5554 p = line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5555 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5556 {
|
|
|
5557 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5558 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
5559 {
|
|
|
5560 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5561 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5562 {
|
|
|
5563 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
|
|
|
5564 * before the matching '('. XXX */
|
|
835
|
5565 i = (int)(p - line);
|
|
829
|
5566 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5567 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
5568 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
5569 {
|
|
|
5570 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
|
|
|
5571 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5572 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5573 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5574 {
|
|
|
5575 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
5576 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5577 }
|
|
|
5578 }
|
|
|
5579
|
|
|
5580 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
|
|
|
5581 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5582 p = line + i;
|
|
|
5583 }
|
|
|
5584 }
|
|
|
5585 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5586 ++p;
|
|
|
5587 }
|
|
|
5588 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5589 }
|
|
|
5590
|
|
7
|
5591 static int
|
|
|
5592 cin_isbreak(p)
|
|
|
5593 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5594 {
|
|
|
5595 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
|
|
|
5596 }
|
|
|
5597
|
|
828
|
5598 /*
|
|
|
5599 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
|
|
7
|
5600 * constructor-initialization. eg:
|
|
|
5601 *
|
|
|
5602 * class MyClass :
|
|
|
5603 * baseClass <-- here
|
|
|
5604 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
|
|
|
5605 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
|
|
|
5606 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
|
|
|
5607 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
|
|
827
|
5608 *
|
|
|
5609 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
|
|
7
|
5610 */
|
|
|
5611 static int
|
|
1336
|
5612 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
|
|
828
|
5613 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
|
|
7
|
5614 {
|
|
|
5615 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5616 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
|
|
828
|
5617 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
1336
|
5618 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5621
|
|
17
|
5622 s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
5623 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
|
|
|
5624 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5625 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
7
|
5626 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5627 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5630
|
|
828
|
5631 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
|
|
|
5632 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
|
|
|
5633 * a = cond ?
|
|
|
5634 * func() :
|
|
856
|
5635 * asdf;
|
|
828
|
5636 * func::foo()
|
|
|
5637 * : something
|
|
|
5638 * {}
|
|
|
5639 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
|
|
|
5640 * : something(4),
|
|
|
5641 * somethingelse(3)
|
|
|
5642 * {}
|
|
|
5643 */
|
|
|
5644 while (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5645 {
|
|
1336
|
5646 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5647 s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
828
|
5648 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
5649 break;
|
|
|
5650 while (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5651 {
|
|
|
5652 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5653 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5654 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
|
|
|
5655 break;
|
|
|
5656 if (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5657 ++s;
|
|
|
5658 }
|
|
|
5659 if (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5660 break;
|
|
|
5661 --lnum;
|
|
|
5662 }
|
|
|
5663
|
|
1336
|
5664 line = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5665 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
|
|
828
|
5666 for (;;)
|
|
|
5667 {
|
|
|
5668 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5671 break;
|
|
|
5672 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
|
|
1336
|
5673 line = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
5674 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
|
|
|
5675 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5676 continue;
|
|
828
|
5677 }
|
|
|
5678
|
|
7
|
5679 if (s[0] == ':')
|
|
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 if (s[1] == ':')
|
|
|
5682 {
|
|
|
5683 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
|
|
|
5684 * initialization any more */
|
|
|
5685 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5686 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
|
|
|
5687 }
|
|
|
5688 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
|
|
|
5689 {
|
|
|
5690 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
|
|
|
5691 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
|
|
|
5692 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
|
|
|
5693 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5694 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5695 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5696 }
|
|
|
5697 else
|
|
|
5698 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5701 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
|
5703 class_or_struct = TRUE;
|
|
|
5704 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 if (*s == 'c')
|
|
|
5707 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
|
|
|
5708 else
|
|
|
5709 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
|
|
|
5710 }
|
|
|
5711 else
|
|
|
5712 {
|
|
|
5713 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5716 }
|
|
|
5717 else if (s[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5718 {
|
|
|
5719 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
|
|
|
5720 * something like "):" */
|
|
|
5721 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5722 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5723 }
|
|
827
|
5724 else if (s[0] == '?')
|
|
|
5725 {
|
|
|
5726 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
|
|
|
5727 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5728 }
|
|
7
|
5729 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
|
|
|
5730 {
|
|
|
5731 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
|
|
|
5732 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5733 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5734 }
|
|
|
5735 else if (*col == 0)
|
|
|
5736 {
|
|
|
5737 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
|
|
|
5738 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
|
|
828
|
5741 if (cpp_base_class)
|
|
7
|
5742 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5743 }
|
|
|
5744
|
|
828
|
5745 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
|
|
|
5746 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5747 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5748
|
|
7
|
5749 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5750 }
|
|
|
5751 }
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 return cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5754 }
|
|
|
5755
|
|
828
|
5756 static int
|
|
|
5757 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
5758 int col;
|
|
|
5759 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5760 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5761 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5762 {
|
|
|
5763 int amount;
|
|
|
5764 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
5765 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
5768 {
|
|
|
5769 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
5770 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
|
|
|
5771 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
5772 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5773 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
5774 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
|
|
|
5775 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5776 }
|
|
|
5777 else
|
|
|
5778 {
|
|
|
5779 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5780 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5781 amount = (int)vcol;
|
|
|
5782 }
|
|
|
5783 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
5784 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5785 return amount;
|
|
|
5786 }
|
|
|
5787
|
|
7
|
5788 /*
|
|
|
5789 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
|
|
|
5790 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
|
|
|
5791 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
|
|
|
5792 */
|
|
|
5793 static int
|
|
|
5794 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
|
|
|
5795 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5796 char_u *find;
|
|
|
5797 char_u *ignore;
|
|
|
5798 {
|
|
|
5799 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
5800 char_u *r;
|
|
|
5801 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5804 {
|
|
|
5805 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5806 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
|
|
|
5807 {
|
|
|
5808 r = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5809 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
|
|
|
5810 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
|
|
|
5811 if (cin_nocode(r))
|
|
|
5812 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5815 ++p;
|
|
|
5816 }
|
|
|
5817 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 /*
|
|
|
5821 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
|
|
|
5822 * Return the column found.
|
|
|
5823 */
|
|
|
5824 static int
|
|
|
5825 cin_skip2pos(trypos)
|
|
|
5826 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5827 {
|
|
|
5828 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5829 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5830
|
|
|
5831 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5832 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
|
|
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 if (cin_iscomment(p))
|
|
|
5835 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5836 else
|
|
|
5837 {
|
|
|
5838 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
5839 ++p;
|
|
|
5840 }
|
|
|
5841 }
|
|
|
5842 return (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
5843 }
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845 /*
|
|
|
5846 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
|
|
|
5847 * Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
|
5848 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
|
|
|
5849 * work. */
|
|
|
5850 /* foo() */
|
|
|
5851 /* { */
|
|
|
5852 /* } */
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5855 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5856 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5859 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5860 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
5861 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5862
|
|
|
5863 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5864 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5865 {
|
|
|
5866 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5867 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5868 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5869 pos = NULL;
|
|
829
|
5870 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
|
|
7
|
5871 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
|
|
|
5872 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5873 break;
|
|
|
5874 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
|
5875 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
5876 }
|
|
|
5877 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5878 return trypos;
|
|
|
5879 }
|
|
|
5880
|
|
|
5881 /*
|
|
|
5882 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
|
|
|
5883 * Return NULL of no match found.
|
|
|
5884 */
|
|
|
5885 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5886 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5887 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5888 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5891 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
829
|
5892 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
7
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5895 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5896 {
|
|
|
5897 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
|
|
|
5898 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
|
|
|
5899 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5900 else
|
|
|
5901 {
|
|
|
5902 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5903 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5904 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5905 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5906 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5907 }
|
|
|
5908 }
|
|
|
5909 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5910 return trypos;
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 /*
|
|
|
5914 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
|
|
|
5915 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
|
|
|
5916 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
|
|
|
5917 * looking a few lines further.
|
|
|
5918 */
|
|
|
5919 static int
|
|
|
5920 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
|
|
|
5921 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5922 pos_T *startpos;
|
|
|
5923 {
|
|
|
5924 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
|
|
|
5927 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
|
|
|
5928 return ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5929 }
|
|
|
5930
|
|
|
5931 /*
|
|
|
5932 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
|
|
|
5933 * line "l".
|
|
|
5934 */
|
|
|
5935 static int
|
|
|
5936 find_last_paren(l, start, end)
|
|
|
5937 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5938 int start, end;
|
|
|
5939 {
|
|
|
5940 int i;
|
|
|
5941 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5942 int open_count = 0;
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5947 {
|
|
|
5948 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
|
|
|
5949 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
|
|
|
5950 if (l[i] == start)
|
|
|
5951 ++open_count;
|
|
|
5952 else if (l[i] == end)
|
|
|
5953 {
|
|
|
5954 if (open_count > 0)
|
|
|
5955 --open_count;
|
|
|
5956 else
|
|
|
5957 {
|
|
|
5958 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5959 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5960 }
|
|
|
5961 }
|
|
|
5962 }
|
|
|
5963 return retval;
|
|
|
5964 }
|
|
|
5965
|
|
|
5966 int
|
|
|
5967 get_c_indent()
|
|
|
5968 {
|
|
|
5969 /*
|
|
|
5970 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
|
|
|
5971 * block should be
|
|
|
5972 */
|
|
|
5973 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 /*
|
|
|
5976 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
|
|
|
5977 * line is imagined to be.
|
|
|
5978 */
|
|
|
5979 int ind_open_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5980
|
|
|
5981 /*
|
|
|
5982 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
|
|
|
5983 * an opening brace.
|
|
|
5984 */
|
|
|
5985 int ind_no_brace = 0;
|
|
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 /*
|
|
|
5988 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
|
|
|
5989 */
|
|
|
5990 int ind_first_open = 0;
|
|
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 /*
|
|
|
5993 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
|
|
|
5994 * located
|
|
|
5995 */
|
|
|
5996 int ind_open_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 /*
|
|
|
5999 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
|
|
|
6000 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
|
|
|
6001 * brace should be located
|
|
|
6002 */
|
|
|
6003 int ind_close_extra = 0;
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 /*
|
|
|
6006 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
|
|
|
6007 * column is imagined to be
|
|
|
6008 */
|
|
|
6009 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 /*
|
|
|
6012 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
|
|
|
6013 */
|
|
|
6014 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 /*
|
|
|
6017 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
|
|
|
6018 */
|
|
|
6019 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 /*
|
|
|
6022 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
|
|
|
6023 */
|
|
|
6024 int ind_case_break = 0;
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 /*
|
|
|
6027 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
|
|
|
6028 * should be located
|
|
|
6029 */
|
|
|
6030 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6031
|
|
|
6032 /*
|
|
|
6033 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
|
|
|
6034 */
|
|
|
6035 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 /*
|
|
|
6038 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
|
|
|
6039 */
|
|
|
6040 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 /*
|
|
|
6043 * amount a function type spec should be indented
|
|
|
6044 */
|
|
|
6045 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 /*
|
|
|
6048 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
|
|
|
6049 * should be indented
|
|
|
6050 */
|
|
|
6051 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 /*
|
|
|
6054 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
|
|
|
6055 * should be located
|
|
|
6056 */
|
|
|
6057 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6058
|
|
|
6059 /*
|
|
|
6060 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
|
|
|
6061 */
|
|
|
6062 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 /*
|
|
|
6065 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
|
|
|
6066 * itself is also unclosed
|
|
|
6067 */
|
|
|
6068 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6069
|
|
|
6070 /*
|
|
|
6071 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
|
|
|
6072 * unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6073 */
|
|
|
6074 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
|
|
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 /*
|
|
|
6077 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
|
|
|
6078 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
|
|
|
6079 * context (for very long lines).
|
|
|
6080 */
|
|
|
6081 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
|
|
|
6082
|
|
|
6083 /*
|
|
|
6084 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
|
|
|
6085 * an unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6086 */
|
|
|
6087 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 /*
|
|
|
6090 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
|
|
|
6091 * opening parentheses.
|
|
|
6092 */
|
|
|
6093 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 /*
|
|
829
|
6096 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
|
|
|
6097 */
|
|
|
6098 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
|
|
|
6099
|
|
|
6100 /*
|
|
7
|
6101 * Extra indent for comments.
|
|
|
6102 */
|
|
|
6103 int ind_comment = 0;
|
|
|
6104
|
|
|
6105 /*
|
|
|
6106 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
|
|
|
6107 */
|
|
|
6108 int ind_in_comment = 3;
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 /*
|
|
|
6111 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
|
|
|
6112 * after the comment opener.
|
|
|
6113 */
|
|
|
6114 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
|
|
|
6115
|
|
|
6116 /*
|
|
|
6117 * max lines to search for an open paren
|
|
|
6118 */
|
|
|
6119 int ind_maxparen = 20;
|
|
|
6120
|
|
|
6121 /*
|
|
|
6122 * max lines to search for an open comment
|
|
|
6123 */
|
|
|
6124 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
|
|
|
6125
|
|
|
6126 /*
|
|
|
6127 * handle braces for java code
|
|
|
6128 */
|
|
|
6129 int ind_java = 0;
|
|
|
6130
|
|
|
6131 /*
|
|
|
6132 * handle blocked cases correctly
|
|
|
6133 */
|
|
|
6134 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 pos_T cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6137 int amount;
|
|
|
6138 int scope_amount;
|
|
834
|
6139 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
6140 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
6141 char_u *theline;
|
|
|
6142 char_u *linecopy;
|
|
|
6143 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
6144 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
6145 pos_T our_paren_pos;
|
|
|
6146 char_u *start;
|
|
|
6147 int start_brace;
|
|
|
6148 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
|
|
|
6149 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
|
|
|
6150 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6151 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
6152 char_u *l;
|
|
|
6153 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6154 char_u terminated;
|
|
|
6155 int lookfor;
|
|
|
6156 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
|
|
|
6157 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1
|
|
|
6158 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2
|
|
|
6159 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
|
|
|
6160 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
|
|
|
6161 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
|
|
|
6162 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
|
|
|
6163 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
|
|
|
6164 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
|
|
|
6165 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
|
|
|
6166 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
|
|
|
6167
|
|
|
6168 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
6169 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6170 char_u *options;
|
|
|
6171 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6172 int divider;
|
|
|
6173 int n;
|
|
|
6174 int iscase;
|
|
|
6175 int lookfor_break;
|
|
|
6176 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
|
|
|
6177
|
|
|
6178 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
|
|
|
6179 {
|
|
|
6180 l = options++;
|
|
|
6181 if (*options == '-')
|
|
|
6182 ++options;
|
|
|
6183 n = getdigits(&options);
|
|
|
6184 divider = 0;
|
|
|
6185 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
|
|
|
6186 {
|
|
|
6187 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
|
|
|
6188 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
|
|
|
6189 {
|
|
|
6190 ++options;
|
|
|
6191 if (divider)
|
|
|
6192 divider *= 10;
|
|
|
6193 else
|
|
|
6194 divider = 10;
|
|
|
6195 }
|
|
|
6196 }
|
|
|
6197 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
6198 {
|
|
|
6199 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
|
|
|
6200 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
6201 else
|
|
|
6202 {
|
|
|
6203 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6204 if (divider)
|
|
|
6205 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
|
|
|
6206 }
|
|
|
6207 ++options;
|
|
|
6208 }
|
|
|
6209 if (l[1] == '-')
|
|
|
6210 n = -n;
|
|
|
6211 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
|
|
1096
|
6212 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
|
|
7
|
6213 switch (*l)
|
|
|
6214 {
|
|
|
6215 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
|
|
|
6216 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
6217 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
|
|
|
6218 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
|
|
|
6219 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
6220 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
6221 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
6222 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
|
|
|
6223 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
|
|
|
6224 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
|
|
|
6225 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
|
|
|
6226 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
|
|
|
6227 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
6228 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
6229 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
|
|
|
6230 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
|
|
|
6231 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
|
|
|
6232 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
|
|
|
6233 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
|
|
|
6234 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
|
|
|
6235 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
|
|
|
6236 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
|
|
|
6237 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
|
|
829
|
6238 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
|
|
7
|
6239 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
|
|
|
6240 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
|
|
|
6241 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
|
|
|
6242 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
|
|
|
6243 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
|
|
|
6244 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
|
|
1096
|
6245 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
|
|
7
|
6246 }
|
|
|
6247 }
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
|
|
|
6250 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6251
|
|
|
6252 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
|
|
|
6253 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
|
|
|
6254 * ml_get is valid! */
|
|
|
6255 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
|
|
|
6256 if (linecopy == NULL)
|
|
|
6257 return 0;
|
|
|
6258
|
|
|
6259 /*
|
|
|
6260 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
|
|
|
6261 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
|
|
|
6262 * inserting new stuff.
|
|
|
6263 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
|
|
|
6264 * check for that.
|
|
|
6265 */
|
|
|
6266 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
6267 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
|
|
|
6268 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
|
|
|
6269 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
|
|
|
6272
|
|
|
6273 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
|
|
|
6274
|
|
|
6275 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6276
|
|
|
6277 /*
|
|
|
6278 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
6279 */
|
|
|
6280 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
|
|
|
6281 {
|
|
|
6282 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6283 }
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 /*
|
|
|
6286 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
|
|
|
6287 */
|
|
|
6288 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6289 {
|
|
|
6290 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6291 }
|
|
|
6292
|
|
|
6293 /*
|
|
|
6294 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
|
|
|
6295 * previous line, lineup with that one.
|
|
|
6296 */
|
|
|
6297 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
|
|
|
6298 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6299 {
|
|
|
6300 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
6301 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6302 amount = col;
|
|
|
6303 }
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 /*
|
|
|
6306 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
|
|
|
6307 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
|
|
|
6308 */
|
|
|
6309 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
|
|
|
6310 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6311 {
|
|
|
6312 int lead_start_len = 2;
|
|
|
6313 int lead_middle_len = 1;
|
|
|
6314 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
|
|
|
6315 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
6316 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
6317 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6318 int start_align = 0;
|
|
|
6319 int start_off = 0;
|
|
|
6320 int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
6321
|
|
|
6322 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
6323 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6324 amount = col;
|
|
|
6325
|
|
|
6326 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
6327 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
6328 {
|
|
|
6329 int align = 0;
|
|
|
6330 int off = 0;
|
|
|
6331 int what = 0;
|
|
|
6332
|
|
|
6333 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
|
|
|
6334 {
|
|
|
6335 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
6336 what = *p++;
|
|
|
6337 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
6338 align = *p++;
|
|
|
6339 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
6340 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
6341 else
|
|
|
6342 ++p;
|
|
|
6343 }
|
|
|
6344
|
|
|
6345 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6346 ++p;
|
|
|
6347 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
6348 if (what == COM_START)
|
|
|
6349 {
|
|
|
6350 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
|
|
|
6351 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
|
|
|
6352 start_off = off;
|
|
|
6353 start_align = align;
|
|
|
6354 }
|
|
|
6355 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
6356 {
|
|
|
6357 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
|
|
|
6358 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
6359 }
|
|
|
6360 else if (what == COM_END)
|
|
|
6361 {
|
|
|
6362 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
|
|
|
6363 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
|
|
|
6364 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
|
|
|
6365 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
|
|
|
6366 {
|
|
|
6367 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6368 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6369 {
|
|
|
6370 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
6371 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
|
|
|
6372 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
6373 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
|
|
|
6374 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
|
|
|
6375 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6376 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6377 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
|
|
|
6378 lead_middle_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6379 {
|
|
|
6380 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6381 break;
|
|
|
6382 }
|
|
|
6383 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
|
|
|
6384 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
|
|
|
6385 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
|
|
|
6386 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
|
|
|
6387 continue;
|
|
|
6388 }
|
|
|
6389 if (start_off != 0)
|
|
|
6390 amount += start_off;
|
|
|
6391 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6392 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6393 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6394 break;
|
|
|
6395 }
|
|
|
6396
|
|
|
6397 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
|
|
|
6398 * with the middle comment */
|
|
|
6399 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
|
|
|
6400 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
|
|
|
6401 {
|
|
|
6402 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6403 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6404 if (off != 0)
|
|
|
6405 amount += off;
|
|
|
6406 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6407 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6408 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6409 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6410 break;
|
|
|
6411 }
|
|
|
6412 }
|
|
|
6413 }
|
|
|
6414
|
|
|
6415 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
|
|
|
6416 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
|
|
|
6417 * with the first character of the comment text.
|
|
|
6418 */
|
|
|
6419 if (done)
|
|
|
6420 ;
|
|
|
6421 else if (theline[0] == '*')
|
|
|
6422 amount += 1;
|
|
|
6423 else
|
|
|
6424 {
|
|
|
6425 /*
|
|
|
6426 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
|
|
|
6427 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
|
|
|
6428 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
|
|
|
6429 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
|
|
|
6430 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
|
|
|
6431 */
|
|
|
6432 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6433 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
6434 {
|
|
|
6435 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
|
|
|
6436 continue;
|
|
|
6437 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6438 break;
|
|
|
6439 }
|
|
|
6440 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
|
|
|
6441 {
|
|
|
6442 if (!ind_in_comment2)
|
|
|
6443 {
|
|
|
6444 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
6445 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
|
|
|
6446 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
|
|
|
6447 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
|
|
|
6448 }
|
|
|
6449 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6450 amount = col;
|
|
|
6451 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
|
|
|
6452 amount += ind_in_comment;
|
|
|
6453 }
|
|
|
6454 }
|
|
|
6455 }
|
|
|
6456
|
|
|
6457 /*
|
|
|
6458 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
|
|
|
6459 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6460 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6461 && ind_java == 0)
|
|
|
6462 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6463 || trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6464 {
|
|
|
6465 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
|
|
|
6466 {
|
|
|
6467 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
|
|
|
6468 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
|
|
|
6469 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6470 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6471 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
|
|
|
6472 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6473 else
|
|
|
6474 tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
6475 }
|
|
|
6476
|
|
|
6477 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 /*
|
|
|
6480 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
|
|
|
6481 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
|
|
|
6482 */
|
|
829
|
6483 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
|
|
|
6484 {
|
|
|
6485 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6486 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488 else
|
|
|
6489 {
|
|
|
6490 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6491 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
|
|
|
6492 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
|
|
7
|
6493 {
|
|
829
|
6494 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
|
6495 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
|
|
|
6496 continue;
|
|
|
6497 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
|
|
|
6498 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
6499 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
|
|
|
6502 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6503 {
|
|
|
6504 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6505 continue;
|
|
|
6506 }
|
|
|
6507
|
|
|
6508 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6509 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
6510 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
7
|
6511 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
829
|
6512 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
6513 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
6514 {
|
|
|
6515 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 if (theline[0] == ')')
|
|
|
6518 {
|
|
|
6519 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
|
|
|
6520 && cur_amount > amount)
|
|
|
6521 cur_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6522 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6523 }
|
|
|
6524 break;
|
|
|
6525 }
|
|
7
|
6526 }
|
|
|
6527 }
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 /*
|
|
|
6530 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
|
|
|
6531 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
|
|
|
6532 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6533 */
|
|
|
6534 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
6535 {
|
|
829
|
6536 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
|
|
|
6537
|
|
7
|
6538 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
829
|
6539 look = skipwhite(look);
|
|
|
6540 if (*look == '(')
|
|
|
6541 {
|
|
|
6542 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6543 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6544 int look_col;
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
|
|
|
6547 * our matching '('. */
|
|
|
6548 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6549 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
835
|
6550 look_col = (int)(look - line);
|
|
829
|
6551 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
|
|
|
6552 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6553 != NULL
|
|
|
6554 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
6555 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
6556 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
|
|
|
6559 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
|
|
|
6560 }
|
|
7
|
6561 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
|
|
829
|
6562 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
|
|
|
6563 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
7
|
6564 {
|
|
|
6565 /*
|
|
|
6566 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
|
|
|
6567 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
|
|
|
6568 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
|
|
|
6569 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
|
|
|
6570 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
|
|
|
6571 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
|
|
|
6572 * lines).
|
|
|
6573 */
|
|
|
6574 if (theline[0] != ')')
|
|
|
6575 {
|
|
|
6576 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6577 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
|
|
|
6578 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
|
|
|
6579 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
|
|
|
6580 {
|
|
|
6581 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
|
|
|
6582 * for each additional level */
|
|
|
6583 n = 1;
|
|
|
6584 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
|
|
|
6585 {
|
|
|
6586 switch (l[col])
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 case '(':
|
|
|
6589 case '{': ++n;
|
|
|
6590 break;
|
|
|
6591
|
|
|
6592 case ')':
|
|
|
6593 case '}': if (n > 1)
|
|
|
6594 --n;
|
|
|
6595 break;
|
|
|
6596 }
|
|
|
6597 }
|
|
|
6598
|
|
|
6599 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
6600 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
|
|
|
6601 }
|
|
|
6602 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
|
|
|
6603 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6604 else
|
|
|
6605 {
|
|
|
6606 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
|
|
|
6607 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
|
|
|
6608 col++;
|
|
|
6609 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
|
|
|
6610 our_paren_pos.col = col;
|
|
|
6611 else
|
|
|
6612 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6613 }
|
|
|
6614 }
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 /*
|
|
|
6617 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
|
|
|
6618 * if we did the above "if".
|
|
|
6619 */
|
|
|
6620 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
6621 {
|
|
|
6622 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6623 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
|
|
|
6624 cur_amount = col;
|
|
|
6625 }
|
|
|
6626 }
|
|
|
6627
|
|
|
6628 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
|
|
|
6629 {
|
|
|
6630 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6631 }
|
|
|
6632 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
|
|
829
|
6633 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
7
|
6634 {
|
|
|
6635 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6636 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6637 }
|
|
|
6638 else
|
|
|
6639 {
|
|
829
|
6640 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
|
|
|
6641 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
|
|
7
|
6642 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
834
|
6643 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
|
|
7
|
6644 {
|
|
|
6645 --our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6646 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
|
|
|
6647 {
|
|
|
6648 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6649 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6650 break;
|
|
|
6651 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6652 col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6653 break;
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655 }
|
|
|
6656
|
|
|
6657 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
|
|
|
6658 * braces */
|
|
|
6659 if (col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6660 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6661 else
|
|
|
6662 {
|
|
|
6663 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6664 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6665 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6666 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6667 amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6668 else
|
|
|
6669 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6670 }
|
|
|
6671 /*
|
|
|
6672 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
|
|
|
6673 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
|
|
|
6674 * lines:
|
|
|
6675 * func_long_name( if (x
|
|
|
6676 * arg && yy
|
|
|
6677 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
|
|
|
6678 */
|
|
|
6679 if (cur_amount < amount)
|
|
|
6680 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6681 }
|
|
|
6682 }
|
|
|
6683
|
|
|
6684 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
6685 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
6686 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
6687 }
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 /*
|
|
|
6690 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
|
|
|
6691 */
|
|
|
6692 else
|
|
|
6693 {
|
|
|
6694 trypos = tryposBrace;
|
|
|
6695
|
|
|
6696 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6697 start = ml_get(ourscope);
|
|
|
6698
|
|
|
6699 /*
|
|
|
6700 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
|
|
|
6701 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
|
|
|
6702 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
|
|
|
6703 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
|
|
|
6704 */
|
|
|
6705 look = skipwhite(start);
|
|
|
6706 if (*look == '{')
|
|
|
6707 {
|
|
|
6708 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6709 amount = col;
|
|
|
6710 if (*start == '{')
|
|
|
6711 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
|
|
|
6712 else
|
|
|
6713 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
|
|
|
6714 }
|
|
|
6715 else
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 /*
|
|
|
6718 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
|
|
|
6719 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
|
|
|
6720 */
|
|
|
6721 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6722
|
|
|
6723 /*
|
|
|
6724 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6725 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6726 */
|
|
|
6727 lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6728 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6729 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6730 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6731 lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6732
|
|
|
6733 /*
|
|
|
6734 * It could have been something like
|
|
|
6735 * case 1: if (asdf &&
|
|
|
6736 * ldfd) {
|
|
|
6737 * }
|
|
|
6738 */
|
|
|
6739 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6740 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6741 else
|
|
|
6742 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6743
|
|
|
6744 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
|
|
|
6745 }
|
|
|
6746
|
|
|
6747 /*
|
|
|
6748 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
|
|
|
6749 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
|
|
|
6750 * that an indent is supposed to be.
|
|
|
6751 */
|
|
|
6752 if (theline[0] == '}')
|
|
|
6753 {
|
|
|
6754 /*
|
|
|
6755 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
|
|
|
6756 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
|
|
|
6757 */
|
|
|
6758 amount += ind_close_extra;
|
|
|
6759 }
|
|
|
6760 else
|
|
|
6761 {
|
|
|
6762 /*
|
|
|
6763 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
|
|
|
6764 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6765 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
|
|
|
6766 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6767 */
|
|
|
6768 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6769 if (cin_iselse(theline))
|
|
|
6770 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
|
|
|
6771 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6772 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6773 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
|
|
|
6774 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
|
|
|
6775 {
|
|
|
6776 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
|
|
|
6777 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6778 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
|
|
|
6779 {
|
|
|
6780 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6781 goto theend;
|
|
|
6782 }
|
|
|
6783 }
|
|
|
6784
|
|
|
6785 /*
|
|
|
6786 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
|
|
|
6787 * failed to find a matching "if").
|
|
|
6788 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
|
|
|
6789 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
|
|
|
6790 */
|
|
|
6791
|
|
|
6792 /*
|
|
|
6793 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
|
|
|
6794 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
|
|
|
6795 * location for ind_open_extra.
|
|
|
6796 */
|
|
|
6797
|
|
|
6798 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
|
6799 {
|
|
|
6800 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
|
|
|
6801 }
|
|
|
6802 else
|
|
|
6803 {
|
|
|
6804 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6805 amount += ind_open_imag;
|
|
|
6806 else
|
|
|
6807 {
|
|
|
6808 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
|
|
|
6809 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6810 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
6811 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6812 }
|
|
|
6813 }
|
|
|
6814
|
|
|
6815 lookfor_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
6816
|
|
|
6817 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
|
|
|
6818 {
|
|
|
6819 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
|
|
|
6820 amount += ind_case;
|
|
|
6821 }
|
|
|
6822 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
|
|
|
6825 amount += ind_scopedecl;
|
|
|
6826 }
|
|
|
6827 else
|
|
|
6828 {
|
|
|
6829 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
|
|
|
6830 lookfor_break = TRUE;
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6833 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
|
|
|
6834 }
|
|
|
6835 scope_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6836 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
6837
|
|
|
6838 /*
|
|
|
6839 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
|
|
|
6840 * with that.
|
|
|
6841 *
|
|
|
6842 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
|
|
|
6843 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
|
|
|
6844 * that opens the block.
|
|
|
6845 */
|
|
|
6846 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6847 for (;;)
|
|
|
6848 {
|
|
|
6849 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
6850 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6851
|
|
|
6852 /*
|
|
|
6853 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
|
|
|
6854 * up with it.
|
|
|
6855 */
|
|
|
6856 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
|
|
|
6857 {
|
|
|
6858 /* we reached end of scope:
|
|
|
6859 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
|
|
|
6860 * go further back:
|
|
|
6861 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
|
|
|
6862 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
|
|
|
6863 * declaration:
|
|
|
6864 * int x,
|
|
|
6865 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
|
|
|
6866 */
|
|
|
6867 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6868 {
|
|
|
6869 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|
6870 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
6871 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
|
|
|
6872 {
|
|
|
6873 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
|
|
|
6874 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
|
|
|
6875 * initialization) */
|
|
|
6876 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6877 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6878 else
|
|
|
6879 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6880 break;
|
|
|
6881 }
|
|
|
6882
|
|
|
6883 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6884
|
|
|
6885 /*
|
|
|
6886 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
|
|
|
6887 * comment.
|
|
|
6888 */
|
|
|
6889 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6890 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6891 {
|
|
|
6892 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6893 continue;
|
|
|
6894 }
|
|
|
6895
|
|
|
6896 /*
|
|
|
6897 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
6898 */
|
|
|
6899 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6900 continue;
|
|
|
6901
|
|
|
6902 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6903 continue;
|
|
|
6904
|
|
|
6905 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 /*
|
|
|
6908 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
|
|
|
6909 * function declaration, we are done
|
|
|
6910 * (it's a variable declaration).
|
|
|
6911 */
|
|
|
6912 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
|
|
|
6913 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6914 {
|
|
|
6915 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
|
|
|
6916 * it is a continued variable initialization.
|
|
|
6917 * don't add extra indent.
|
|
|
6918 * TODO: does not work, if a function
|
|
|
6919 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
|
|
|
6920 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
|
|
|
6921 */
|
|
|
6922 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6923 break;
|
|
|
6924
|
|
|
6925 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
|
|
|
6926 * we are done.
|
|
|
6927 */
|
|
|
6928 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
|
|
|
6929 break;
|
|
|
6930
|
|
|
6931 /* nothing useful found */
|
|
|
6932 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
|
|
|
6933 continue;
|
|
|
6934 }
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 if (terminated != ';')
|
|
|
6937 {
|
|
|
6938 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
|
|
|
6939 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
|
|
|
6940 * will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6941 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6942 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6943 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
|
|
|
6944 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6945 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6948 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6951 {
|
|
|
6952 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6953 continue;
|
|
|
6954 }
|
|
|
6955 }
|
|
|
6956
|
|
|
6957 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
|
|
|
6958 * like in
|
|
|
6959 * int a,
|
|
|
6960 * b;
|
|
|
6961 */
|
|
|
6962 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6963 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6964 else
|
|
|
6965 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6968 {
|
|
|
6969 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6970 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6971 else
|
|
|
6972 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6973 }
|
|
|
6974 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6975 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6976 {
|
|
|
6977 amount = scope_amount;
|
|
|
6978 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6979 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6980 }
|
|
|
6981 break;
|
|
|
6982 }
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 /*
|
|
|
6985 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
6986 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6987 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6988 {
|
|
|
6989 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6990 continue;
|
|
|
6991 }
|
|
|
6992
|
|
|
6993 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6994
|
|
|
6995 /*
|
|
|
6996 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
|
|
827
|
6997 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
|
|
7
|
6998 */
|
|
|
6999 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
|
|
|
7000 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7001 {
|
|
|
7002 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
|
|
|
7003 * declaration/initialization any longer */
|
|
|
7004 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
7005 break;
|
|
|
7006
|
|
|
7007 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
|
|
|
7008 * labels. */
|
|
|
7009 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
7010 continue;
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 /*
|
|
|
7013 * case xx:
|
|
|
7014 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
|
|
|
7015 *-> here;
|
|
|
7016 */
|
|
|
7017 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7018 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7019 {
|
|
|
7020 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7021 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7022 else
|
|
|
7023 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7024 break;
|
|
|
7025 }
|
|
|
7026
|
|
|
7027 /*
|
|
|
7028 * case xx: <- line up with this case
|
|
|
7029 * x = 333;
|
|
|
7030 * case yy:
|
|
|
7031 */
|
|
|
7032 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
|
|
|
7033 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
|
|
|
7034 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
|
|
|
7035 {
|
|
|
7036 /*
|
|
|
7037 * Check that this case label is not for another
|
|
|
7038 * switch()
|
|
|
7039 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7040 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
|
|
|
7041 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
|
|
|
7042 {
|
|
|
7043 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7044 break;
|
|
|
7045 }
|
|
|
7046 continue;
|
|
|
7047 }
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 /*
|
|
|
7052 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
7053 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7054 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
7055 *
|
|
|
7056 * case xx:
|
|
|
7057 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
|
|
|
7058 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7059 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
7060 */
|
|
|
7061 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7062 {
|
|
|
7063 if (n)
|
|
|
7064 amount = n;
|
|
|
7065
|
|
|
7066 if (!lookfor_break)
|
|
|
7067 break;
|
|
|
7068 }
|
|
|
7069
|
|
|
7070 /*
|
|
|
7071 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
|
|
|
7072 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7073 *
|
|
|
7074 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
7075 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7076 */
|
|
|
7077 if (n)
|
|
|
7078 {
|
|
|
7079 amount = n;
|
|
|
7080 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7081 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
|
|
829
|
7082 {
|
|
|
7083 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7084 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7085 else
|
|
|
7086 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
7087 }
|
|
7
|
7088 break;
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 /*
|
|
|
7092 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
|
|
|
7093 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
|
|
|
7094 * switch label.
|
|
|
7095 * break; <- may line up with this line
|
|
|
7096 * case xx:
|
|
|
7097 * -> y = 1;
|
|
|
7098 */
|
|
|
7099 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
|
|
|
7100 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
|
|
|
7101 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
7102 continue;
|
|
|
7103 }
|
|
|
7104
|
|
|
7105 /*
|
|
|
7106 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
|
|
|
7107 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
|
|
|
7108 */
|
|
|
7109 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
|
|
|
7110 {
|
|
|
7111 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
|
|
|
7112 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7113 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
7114 continue;
|
|
|
7115 }
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 /*
|
|
|
7118 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
|
|
|
7119 */
|
|
|
7120 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7121 {
|
|
|
7122 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7123 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7124 continue;
|
|
|
7125 }
|
|
|
7126
|
|
|
7127 /*
|
|
|
7128 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
|
|
|
7129 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
|
|
|
7130 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
|
|
|
7131 * unlocked it)
|
|
|
7132 */
|
|
|
7133 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7134 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
7135 || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7136 continue;
|
|
|
7137
|
|
|
7138 /*
|
|
|
7139 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
7140 * constructor initialization?
|
|
|
7141 */ /* XXX */
|
|
827
|
7142 n = FALSE;
|
|
|
7143 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
|
|
|
7144 {
|
|
1336
|
7145 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
|
|
827
|
7146 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7147 }
|
|
|
7148 if (n)
|
|
7
|
7149 {
|
|
|
7150 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
7151 {
|
|
|
7152 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7153 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7154 else
|
|
|
7155 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7156 }
|
|
828
|
7157 else if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
7
|
7158 {
|
|
828
|
7159 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
|
|
|
7160 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
7161 ind_continuation = 0;
|
|
|
7162 continue;
|
|
7
|
7163 }
|
|
|
7164 else
|
|
828
|
7165 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7166 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7167 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
7
|
7168 break;
|
|
|
7169 }
|
|
|
7170 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
7171 {
|
|
|
7172 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
|
|
827
|
7173 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
|
|
|
7174 */
|
|
7
|
7175 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
|
7176 break;
|
|
|
7177 else
|
|
|
7178 continue;
|
|
|
7179 }
|
|
|
7180
|
|
|
7181 /*
|
|
|
7182 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
|
|
|
7183 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
|
|
1224
|
7184 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
|
|
7
|
7185 * 123,
|
|
|
7186 * sizeof
|
|
|
7187 * here
|
|
|
7188 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
|
|
|
7189 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
|
|
|
7190 * (indented).
|
|
|
7191 */
|
|
|
7192 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7195 && terminated == ','))
|
|
|
7196 {
|
|
|
7197 /*
|
|
|
7198 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
|
|
|
7199 * go back to the line that starts it so
|
|
|
7200 * we can get the right prevailing indent
|
|
|
7201 * if ( foo &&
|
|
|
7202 * bar )
|
|
|
7203 */
|
|
|
7204 /*
|
|
|
7205 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7206 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7207 */
|
|
|
7208 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7209 trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
7210 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
7211 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7212
|
|
|
7213 /*
|
|
|
7214 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
|
|
|
7215 * braces.
|
|
|
7216 */
|
|
828
|
7217 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
|
|
|
7218 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
7
|
7219 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7220
|
|
|
7221 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
7222 {
|
|
|
7223 /*
|
|
|
7224 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7225 * handled above.
|
|
|
7226 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7227 * asdf)
|
|
|
7228 */
|
|
|
7229 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7230 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7231 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7232 {
|
|
|
7233 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7234 continue;
|
|
|
7235 }
|
|
|
7236 }
|
|
|
7237
|
|
|
7238 /*
|
|
|
7239 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
|
|
|
7240 * indent from
|
|
|
7241 * char *usethis = "bla\
|
|
|
7242 * bla",
|
|
|
7243 * here;
|
|
|
7244 */
|
|
|
7245 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7246 {
|
|
|
7247 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7248 {
|
|
|
7249 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7250 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7251 break;
|
|
|
7252 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7253 }
|
|
|
7254 }
|
|
|
7255
|
|
|
7256 /*
|
|
|
7257 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7258 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
|
|
|
7259 */
|
|
|
7260 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7261 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7262
|
|
|
7263 /*
|
|
|
7264 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
|
|
|
7265 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
|
|
|
7266 * while (not)
|
|
|
7267 * -> {
|
|
|
7268 * }
|
|
|
7269 */
|
|
|
7270 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
7271 && theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7272 {
|
|
|
7273 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7274 /*
|
|
|
7275 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
|
|
|
7276 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
|
|
|
7277 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
|
|
|
7278 * { 1, 2 },
|
|
|
7279 * -> { 3, 4 }
|
|
|
7280 */
|
|
|
7281 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
|
|
|
7282 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7283
|
|
|
7284 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
7285 {
|
|
|
7286 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
|
|
|
7287 * class declaration or initialization */
|
|
|
7288 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
7289 continue;
|
|
|
7290 }
|
|
|
7291 break;
|
|
|
7292 }
|
|
|
7293
|
|
|
7294 /*
|
|
|
7295 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
|
|
|
7296 * Also allow " } else".
|
|
|
7297 */
|
|
|
7298 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
|
7299 {
|
|
|
7300 /*
|
|
|
7301 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
|
|
|
7302 * with the last one.
|
|
|
7303 * if (cond)
|
|
|
7304 * 100 +
|
|
|
7305 * -> here;
|
|
|
7306 */
|
|
|
7307 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7308 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7309 {
|
|
|
7310 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7311 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7312 else
|
|
|
7313 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7314 break;
|
|
|
7315 }
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 /*
|
|
|
7318 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
|
|
|
7319 * are finished.
|
|
|
7320 * while (not)
|
|
|
7321 * -> here;
|
|
|
7322 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
|
|
|
7323 * before this is terminated.
|
|
|
7324 * yyy;
|
|
|
7325 * if (stat)
|
|
|
7326 * while (not)
|
|
|
7327 * xxx;
|
|
|
7328 * -> here;
|
|
|
7329 */
|
|
|
7330 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7331 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7332 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7333 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7334 {
|
|
|
7335 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
7336 break;
|
|
|
7337 }
|
|
|
7338
|
|
|
7339 /*
|
|
|
7340 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
|
|
|
7341 * do, line up with the while()
|
|
|
7342 * do
|
|
|
7343 * x = 1;
|
|
|
7344 * -> here
|
|
|
7345 */
|
|
|
7346 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7347 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
7348 {
|
|
|
7349 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7350 break;
|
|
|
7351 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
7352 }
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 /*
|
|
|
7355 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
|
|
|
7356 * one between the "if" and the "else".
|
|
|
7357 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
7358 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
7359 */
|
|
|
7360 if (cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
7361 && whilelevel == 0
|
|
|
7362 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7363 == NULL
|
|
|
7364 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
7365 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
|
|
|
7366 break;
|
|
|
7367 }
|
|
|
7368
|
|
|
7369 /*
|
|
|
7370 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
|
|
|
7371 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
|
|
1224
|
7372 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
|
|
7
|
7373 * the line before this one.
|
|
|
7374 */
|
|
|
7375 else
|
|
|
7376 {
|
|
|
7377 /*
|
|
|
7378 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
|
|
|
7379 * the last one.
|
|
|
7380 * c = 99 +
|
|
|
7381 * 100 +
|
|
|
7382 * -> here;
|
|
|
7383 */
|
|
|
7384 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
7385 {
|
|
|
7386 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
|
|
|
7387 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7388 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7389 break;
|
|
|
7390 }
|
|
|
7391
|
|
|
7392 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7393 {
|
|
|
7394 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
|
|
|
7395 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
|
|
|
7396 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
|
|
|
7397 * opening brace or we are looking just for
|
|
|
7398 * enumerations/initializations. */
|
|
|
7399 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7400 {
|
|
|
7401 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
|
|
|
7402 break;
|
|
|
7403
|
|
|
7404 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
7405 continue;
|
|
|
7406 }
|
|
|
7407
|
|
|
7408 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
|
|
|
7409 * reduce indent. */
|
|
|
7410 if (amount > cur_amount)
|
|
|
7411 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7412 }
|
|
|
7413 else
|
|
|
7414 {
|
|
|
7415 /*
|
|
|
7416 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
|
|
|
7417 * line up with this line, remember its indent
|
|
|
7418 * 100 +
|
|
|
7419 * -> here;
|
|
|
7420 */
|
|
|
7421 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7422
|
|
|
7423 /*
|
|
|
7424 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
|
|
|
7425 * are in an initialization or enum
|
|
|
7426 * struct xxx =
|
|
|
7427 * {
|
|
|
7428 * sizeof a,
|
|
|
7429 * 124 };
|
|
|
7430 * or a normal possible continuation line.
|
|
|
7431 * but only, of no other statement has been found
|
|
|
7432 * yet.
|
|
|
7433 */
|
|
|
7434 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7435 {
|
|
|
7436 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
|
|
|
7437 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7438 }
|
|
|
7439 else
|
|
|
7440 {
|
|
|
7441 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
|
|
|
7442 && *l != NUL
|
|
|
7443 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7444 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7445 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
|
|
|
7446 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7447 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7448 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
7449 }
|
|
|
7450 }
|
|
|
7451 }
|
|
|
7452 }
|
|
|
7453
|
|
|
7454 /*
|
|
|
7455 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
|
|
|
7456 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
|
|
|
7457 */
|
|
|
7458 /* XXX */
|
|
829
|
7459 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7460 ind_maxcomment))
|
|
7
|
7461 {
|
|
|
7462 /*
|
|
|
7463 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
|
|
|
7464 * with the last one.
|
|
|
7465 * while (cond);
|
|
|
7466 * 100 + <- line up with this one
|
|
|
7467 * -> here;
|
|
|
7468 */
|
|
|
7469 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7470 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7471 {
|
|
|
7472 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7473 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7474 else
|
|
|
7475 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7476 break;
|
|
|
7477 }
|
|
|
7478
|
|
|
7479 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7480 {
|
|
|
7481 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7482 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7483 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7484 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7485 }
|
|
|
7486 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7487 }
|
|
|
7488
|
|
|
7489 /*
|
|
|
7490 * We are after a "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7491 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
|
|
|
7492 * indent of that other statement.
|
|
|
7493 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
|
|
|
7494 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7495 */
|
|
|
7496 else
|
|
|
7497 {
|
|
|
7498 /*
|
|
|
7499 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
|
|
|
7500 * may be lined up with the case label.
|
|
|
7501 */
|
|
|
7502 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
|
|
|
7503 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
7504 {
|
|
|
7505 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
7506 continue;
|
|
|
7507 }
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 /*
|
|
|
7510 * Handle "do {" line.
|
|
|
7511 */
|
|
|
7512 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
7513 {
|
|
|
7514 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7515 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
7516 {
|
|
|
7517 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7518 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
7519 continue;
|
|
|
7520 }
|
|
|
7521 }
|
|
|
7522
|
|
|
7523 /*
|
|
|
7524 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
|
|
|
7525 * the amount for a continuation line.
|
|
|
7526 * x = 1;
|
|
|
7527 * y = foo +
|
|
|
7528 * -> here;
|
|
|
7529 * or
|
|
|
7530 * int x = 1;
|
|
|
7531 * int foo,
|
|
|
7532 * -> here;
|
|
|
7533 */
|
|
|
7534 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7535 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7536 {
|
|
|
7537 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7538 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7539 else
|
|
|
7540 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7541 break;
|
|
|
7542 }
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 /*
|
|
|
7545 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
|
|
|
7546 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
|
|
|
7547 * x = 1; x = 1;
|
|
|
7548 * if (asdf) y = 2;
|
|
|
7549 * while (asdf) ->here;
|
|
|
7550 * here;
|
|
|
7551 * ->foo;
|
|
|
7552 */
|
|
|
7553 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7554 {
|
|
|
7555 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7556 break;
|
|
|
7557 }
|
|
|
7558
|
|
|
7559 /*
|
|
|
7560 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
|
|
|
7561 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
|
|
|
7562 * a terminated line.
|
|
|
7563 */
|
|
|
7564 else
|
|
|
7565 {
|
|
|
7566 /*
|
|
|
7567 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
|
|
|
7568 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
|
|
|
7569 * the line. Helps for:
|
|
|
7570 * func(asdr,
|
|
|
7571 * asdfasdf);
|
|
|
7572 * here;
|
|
|
7573 */
|
|
|
7574 term_again:
|
|
|
7575 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7576 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7577 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7578 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7579 {
|
|
|
7580 /*
|
|
|
7581 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7582 * handled above.
|
|
|
7583 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7584 * asdf)
|
|
|
7585 */
|
|
|
7586 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7587 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7588 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7589 {
|
|
|
7590 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7591 continue;
|
|
|
7592 }
|
|
|
7593 }
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
|
|
|
7596 * with a statement after it.
|
|
|
7597 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
|
|
|
7598 * stat;
|
|
|
7599 * }
|
|
|
7600 * case 2:
|
|
|
7601 * stat;
|
|
|
7602 * }
|
|
|
7603 */
|
|
|
7604 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
|
|
|
7605
|
|
|
7606 /*
|
|
|
7607 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7608 * ignoring any jump label.
|
|
|
7609 */
|
|
|
7610 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7611 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7614 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7615 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
|
|
827
|
7616 l = skipwhite(l);
|
|
|
7617 if (*l == '{')
|
|
7
|
7618 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7619 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 /*
|
|
827
|
7622 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
|
|
|
7623 * the matching "if":
|
|
|
7624 * else 3;
|
|
856
|
7625 * indent this;
|
|
827
|
7626 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
7627 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
7628 */
|
|
|
7629 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
7630 && *l != '}'
|
|
|
7631 && cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
7632 && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7633 {
|
|
|
7634 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7635 == NULL
|
|
|
7636 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
7637 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7638 break;
|
|
|
7639 continue;
|
|
|
7640 }
|
|
|
7641
|
|
|
7642 /*
|
|
7
|
7643 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
|
|
|
7644 * that block.
|
|
|
7645 */
|
|
|
7646 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7647 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
|
|
|
7648 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7649 != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7650 {
|
|
|
7651 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7652 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
|
|
|
7653 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
|
|
|
7654 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7655 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
|
|
|
7656 goto term_again;
|
|
|
7657 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7658 }
|
|
|
7659 }
|
|
|
7660 }
|
|
|
7661 }
|
|
|
7662 }
|
|
|
7663 }
|
|
|
7664
|
|
|
7665 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7666 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7667 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7668 }
|
|
|
7669
|
|
|
7670 /*
|
|
|
7671 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
|
|
|
7672 *
|
|
|
7673 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
|
|
|
7674 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
|
|
|
7675 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
|
|
|
7676 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
|
|
|
7677 */
|
|
|
7678 else
|
|
|
7679 {
|
|
|
7680 /*
|
|
|
7681 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
|
|
|
7682 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
|
|
|
7683 * of a function
|
|
|
7684 */
|
|
|
7685
|
|
|
7686 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7687 {
|
|
|
7688 amount = ind_first_open;
|
|
|
7689 }
|
|
|
7690
|
|
|
7691 /*
|
|
|
7692 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7693 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
|
|
|
7694 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
|
|
|
7695 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
|
|
|
7696 */
|
|
|
7697 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7698 && !cin_nocode(theline)
|
|
|
7699 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
|
|
|
7700 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7701 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
|
|
|
7702 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7703 {
|
|
|
7704 amount = ind_func_type;
|
|
|
7705 }
|
|
|
7706 else
|
|
|
7707 {
|
|
|
7708 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7709 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7710
|
|
|
7711 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
|
|
|
7712
|
|
|
7713 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7714 {
|
|
|
7715 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7716 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7717
|
|
|
7718 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7719
|
|
|
7720 /*
|
|
|
7721 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
7722 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7723 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7724 {
|
|
|
7725 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
7726 continue;
|
|
|
7727 }
|
|
|
7728
|
|
|
7729 /*
|
|
827
|
7730 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
7731 * constructor initialization?
|
|
7
|
7732 */ /* XXX */
|
|
827
|
7733 n = FALSE;
|
|
|
7734 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
|
|
|
7735 {
|
|
1336
|
7736 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
|
|
827
|
7737 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7738 }
|
|
|
7739 if (n)
|
|
7
|
7740 {
|
|
828
|
7741 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7742 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7743 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
7
|
7744 break;
|
|
|
7745 }
|
|
|
7746
|
|
|
7747 /*
|
|
|
7748 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
7749 */
|
|
|
7750 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7751 continue;
|
|
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7754 continue;
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 /*
|
|
|
7757 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
|
|
|
7758 * indentation:
|
|
|
7759 * int foo,
|
|
|
7760 * bar;
|
|
|
7761 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
|
|
|
7762 * enum foobar
|
|
|
7763 * {
|
|
|
7764 * ...
|
|
|
7765 * } foo,
|
|
|
7766 * bar;
|
|
|
7767 */
|
|
|
7768 n = 0;
|
|
|
7769 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7770 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7771 {
|
|
|
7772 /* take us back to opening paren */
|
|
|
7773 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7774 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7775 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7776 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7777
|
|
|
7778 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
|
|
|
7779 * back to the first line with a backslash:
|
|
|
7780 * char *foo = "bla\
|
|
|
7781 * bla",
|
|
|
7782 * here;
|
|
|
7783 */
|
|
|
7784 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7785 {
|
|
|
7786 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7787 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7788 break;
|
|
|
7789 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7790 }
|
|
|
7791
|
|
|
7792 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7793
|
|
|
7794 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7795 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7796 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7797 amount = ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7798 break;
|
|
|
7799 }
|
|
|
7800
|
|
|
7801 /*
|
|
|
7802 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
|
|
|
7803 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
|
|
|
7804 */
|
|
|
7805 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7806 break;
|
|
|
7807 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7808
|
|
|
7809 /*
|
|
|
7810 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
|
|
|
7811 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
|
|
|
7812 */
|
|
|
7813 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
|
|
|
7814 break;
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 /* (matching {)
|
|
|
7817 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
|
|
|
7818 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
|
|
|
7819 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
|
|
|
7820 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
|
|
|
7821 */
|
|
|
7822 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
|
|
|
7823 break;
|
|
|
7824
|
|
|
7825 /*
|
|
|
7826 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7827 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
|
|
|
7828 * parameters.
|
|
|
7829 */
|
|
|
7830 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7831 {
|
|
|
7832 amount = ind_param;
|
|
|
7833 break;
|
|
|
7834 }
|
|
|
7835
|
|
|
7836 /*
|
|
|
7837 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
|
|
|
7838 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
|
|
|
7839 * int foo,
|
|
|
7840 * bar;
|
|
|
7841 * indent_to_0 here;
|
|
|
7842 */
|
|
828
|
7843 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
|
|
7
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7846 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7847 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
|
|
|
7848 break;
|
|
|
7849 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7850 }
|
|
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 /*
|
|
|
7853 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
|
|
|
7854 * use the indent of this line.
|
|
|
7855 *
|
|
|
7856 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7857 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7858 */
|
|
|
7859 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7860
|
|
|
7861 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7862 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7863 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7864 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7865 break;
|
|
|
7866 }
|
|
|
7867
|
|
|
7868 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7869 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7870 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7871
|
|
|
7872 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
|
|
|
7873 * "asdfasdf\
|
|
|
7874 * here";
|
|
|
7875 * char *foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
7876 * here";
|
|
|
7877 */
|
|
|
7878 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7879 {
|
|
|
7880 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7881 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7882 {
|
|
|
7883 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7884 if (cur_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7885 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7886 else if (cur_amount == 0)
|
|
|
7887 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7888 }
|
|
|
7889 }
|
|
|
7890 }
|
|
|
7891 }
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 theend:
|
|
|
7894 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
|
7895 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7896
|
|
|
7897 vim_free(linecopy);
|
|
|
7898
|
|
|
7899 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
7900 return 0;
|
|
|
7901 return amount;
|
|
|
7902 }
|
|
|
7903
|
|
|
7904 static int
|
|
|
7905 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
7906 int lookfor;
|
|
|
7907 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
7908 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
7909 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
7910 {
|
|
|
7911 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7912 pos_T *theirscope;
|
|
|
7913 char_u *mightbeif;
|
|
|
7914 int elselevel;
|
|
|
7915 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
7916
|
|
|
7917 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7918 {
|
|
|
7919 elselevel = 1;
|
|
|
7920 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7921 }
|
|
|
7922 else
|
|
|
7923 {
|
|
|
7924 elselevel = 0;
|
|
|
7925 whilelevel = 1;
|
|
|
7926 }
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7929
|
|
|
7930 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
|
|
|
7931 {
|
|
|
7932 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7933 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7934
|
|
|
7935 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7936 if (cin_iselse(look)
|
|
|
7937 || cin_isif(look)
|
|
|
7938 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7939 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7940 {
|
|
|
7941 /*
|
|
|
7942 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
|
|
|
7943 * we must be out of scope...
|
|
|
7944 */
|
|
|
7945 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7946 if (theirscope == NULL)
|
|
|
7947 break;
|
|
|
7948
|
|
|
7949 /*
|
|
|
7950 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
|
|
|
7951 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
|
|
|
7952 * out of luck too.
|
|
|
7953 */
|
|
|
7954 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
|
|
|
7955 break;
|
|
|
7956
|
|
|
7957 /*
|
|
|
7958 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
|
|
|
7959 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
|
|
|
7960 * different scope...
|
|
|
7961 */
|
|
|
7962 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
|
|
|
7963 continue;
|
|
|
7964
|
|
|
7965 /*
|
|
|
7966 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
|
|
|
7967 * then we need to go back to another if, so
|
|
|
7968 * increment elselevel
|
|
|
7969 */
|
|
|
7970 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7971 if (cin_iselse(look))
|
|
|
7972 {
|
|
|
7973 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
|
|
|
7974 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
|
|
|
7975 ++elselevel;
|
|
|
7976 continue;
|
|
|
7977 }
|
|
|
7978
|
|
|
7979 /*
|
|
|
7980 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
|
|
|
7981 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
|
|
|
7982 */
|
|
|
7983 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7984 {
|
|
|
7985 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7986 continue;
|
|
|
7987 }
|
|
|
7988
|
|
|
7989 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
|
|
|
7990 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7991 if (cin_isif(look))
|
|
|
7992 {
|
|
|
7993 elselevel--;
|
|
|
7994 /*
|
|
|
7995 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
|
|
|
7996 * get in the way.
|
|
|
7997 */
|
|
|
7998 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7999 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
8000 }
|
|
|
8001
|
|
|
8002 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
|
|
|
8003 if (cin_isdo(look))
|
|
|
8004 whilelevel--;
|
|
|
8005
|
|
|
8006 /*
|
|
|
8007 * if we've used up all the elses, then
|
|
|
8008 * this must be the if that we want!
|
|
|
8009 * match the indent level of that if.
|
|
|
8010 */
|
|
|
8011 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
|
|
|
8012 {
|
|
|
8013 return OK;
|
|
|
8014 }
|
|
|
8015 }
|
|
|
8016 }
|
|
|
8017 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8018 }
|
|
|
8019
|
|
|
8020 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8021 /*
|
|
|
8022 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
|
|
|
8023 */
|
|
|
8024 int
|
|
|
8025 get_expr_indent()
|
|
|
8026 {
|
|
|
8027 int indent;
|
|
|
8028 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8029 int save_State;
|
|
681
|
8030 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
|
|
|
8031 OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
7
|
8032
|
|
|
8033 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8034 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
634
|
8035 if (use_sandbox)
|
|
|
8036 ++sandbox;
|
|
|
8037 ++textlock;
|
|
7
|
8038 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
|
|
634
|
8039 if (use_sandbox)
|
|
|
8040 --sandbox;
|
|
|
8041 --textlock;
|
|
7
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
|
|
|
8044 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
|
|
|
8045 * command. */
|
|
|
8046 save_State = State;
|
|
|
8047 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
8048 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
8049 check_cursor();
|
|
|
8050 State = save_State;
|
|
|
8051
|
|
|
8052 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
|
|
|
8053 if (indent < 0)
|
|
|
8054 indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 return indent;
|
|
|
8057 }
|
|
|
8058 # endif
|
|
|
8059
|
|
|
8060 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
8061
|
|
|
8062 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8063
|
|
|
8064 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
8065
|
|
|
8066 static int
|
|
|
8067 lisp_match(p)
|
|
|
8068 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8069 {
|
|
|
8070 char_u buf[LSIZE];
|
|
|
8071 int len;
|
|
|
8072 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
|
|
|
8073
|
|
|
8074 while (*word != NUL)
|
|
|
8075 {
|
|
|
8076 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
8077 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
8078 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
|
|
|
8079 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8080 }
|
|
|
8081 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8082 }
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 /*
|
|
|
8085 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
|
|
|
8086 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
|
|
|
8087 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
|
|
|
8088 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
|
|
|
8089 *
|
|
|
8090 * TODO:
|
|
|
8091 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
|
|
|
8092 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
|
|
|
8093 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
|
|
|
8094 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
|
|
|
8095 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
|
|
|
8096 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
|
|
14
|
8097 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
|
|
|
8098 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
|
|
7
|
8099 */
|
|
|
8100 int
|
|
|
8101 get_lisp_indent()
|
|
|
8102 {
|
|
14
|
8103 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
|
|
7
|
8104 int amount;
|
|
|
8105 char_u *that;
|
|
|
8106 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
8107 colnr_T firsttry;
|
|
|
8108 int parencount, quotecount;
|
|
|
8109 int vi_lisp;
|
|
|
8110
|
|
|
8111 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
|
|
|
8112 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
|
|
|
8113
|
|
|
8114 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8115 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8116
|
|
14
|
8117 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
|
|
|
8118 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
8119 else
|
|
|
8120 {
|
|
|
8121 paren = *pos;
|
|
|
8122 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
8123 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
|
|
|
8124 pos = &paren;
|
|
|
8125 }
|
|
|
8126 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
8127 {
|
|
|
8128 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
|
|
|
8129 * line that is at the same () level. */
|
|
|
8130 amount = -1;
|
|
|
8131 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
8132
|
|
|
8133 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
|
|
|
8134 {
|
|
|
8135 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
8136 continue;
|
|
|
8137 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
|
|
|
8138 {
|
|
|
8139 if (*that == ';')
|
|
|
8140 {
|
|
|
8141 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8142 ++that;
|
|
|
8143 continue;
|
|
|
8144 }
|
|
|
8145 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
8146 {
|
|
|
8147 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8148 ++that;
|
|
|
8149 continue;
|
|
|
8150 }
|
|
|
8151 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8152 {
|
|
983
|
8153 while (*++that && *that != '"')
|
|
|
8154 {
|
|
|
8155 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
|
|
|
8156 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
8157 {
|
|
|
8158 if (*++that == NUL)
|
|
|
8159 break;
|
|
|
8160 if (that[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
8161 {
|
|
|
8162 ++that;
|
|
|
8163 break;
|
|
|
8164 }
|
|
|
8165 }
|
|
|
8166 }
|
|
7
|
8167 }
|
|
14
|
8168 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
8169 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
8170 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
7
|
8171 --parencount;
|
|
|
8172 }
|
|
|
8173 if (parencount == 0)
|
|
|
8174 {
|
|
|
8175 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
8176 break;
|
|
|
8177 }
|
|
|
8178 }
|
|
|
8179
|
|
|
8180 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
8181 {
|
|
|
8182 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8183 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
|
|
|
8184 col = pos->col;
|
|
|
8185
|
|
|
8186 that = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
8187
|
|
|
8188 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
|
|
|
8189 amount = 2;
|
|
|
8190 else
|
|
|
8191 {
|
|
|
8192 amount = 0;
|
|
|
8193 while (*that && col)
|
|
|
8194 {
|
|
|
8195 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8196 col--;
|
|
|
8197 }
|
|
|
8198
|
|
|
8199 /*
|
|
|
8200 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
|
|
|
8201 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
|
|
|
8202 *
|
|
|
8203 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
|
|
|
8204 * (...)) of (...))
|
|
|
8205 */
|
|
|
8206
|
|
14
|
8207 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
8208 && lisp_match(that + 1))
|
|
7
|
8209 amount += 2;
|
|
|
8210 else
|
|
|
8211 {
|
|
|
8212 that++;
|
|
|
8213 amount++;
|
|
|
8214 firsttry = amount;
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
8217 {
|
|
|
8218 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8219 ++that;
|
|
|
8220 }
|
|
|
8221
|
|
|
8222 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
|
|
|
8223 {
|
|
|
8224 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
|
|
|
8225 * argument if it is more than one line */
|
|
14
|
8226 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
|
|
7
|
8227 firsttry++;
|
|
|
8228
|
|
|
8229 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
8230 quotecount = 0;
|
|
|
8231
|
|
|
8232 if (vi_lisp
|
|
|
8233 || (*that != '"'
|
|
|
8234 && *that != '\''
|
|
|
8235 && *that != '#'
|
|
|
8236 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
|
|
|
8237 {
|
|
|
8238 while (*that
|
|
|
8239 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
|
|
|
8240 || quotecount
|
|
|
8241 || parencount)
|
|
14
|
8242 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
8243 && !quotecount
|
|
|
8244 && !parencount
|
|
|
8245 && vi_lisp)))
|
|
|
8246 {
|
|
|
8247 if (*that == '"')
|
|
|
8248 quotecount = !quotecount;
|
|
14
|
8249 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
8250 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
8251 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
8252 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
|
8253 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
8254 --parencount;
|
|
|
8255 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8256 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
8257 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8258 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
8259 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8260 }
|
|
|
8261 }
|
|
|
8262 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
8263 {
|
|
|
8264 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8265 that++;
|
|
|
8266 }
|
|
|
8267 if (!*that || *that == ';')
|
|
|
8268 amount = firsttry;
|
|
|
8269 }
|
|
|
8270 }
|
|
|
8271 }
|
|
|
8272 }
|
|
|
8273 }
|
|
|
8274 else
|
|
14
|
8275 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
|
|
7
|
8276
|
|
|
8277 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 return amount;
|
|
|
8280 }
|
|
|
8281 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */
|
|
|
8282
|
|
|
8283 void
|
|
|
8284 prepare_to_exit()
|
|
|
8285 {
|
|
39
|
8286 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
|
|
|
8287 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
|
|
|
8288 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
|
|
|
8289 * problems. */
|
|
36
|
8290 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
|
|
|
8291 #endif
|
|
|
8292
|
|
7
|
8293 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8294 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8295 {
|
|
|
8296 gui.dying = TRUE;
|
|
|
8297 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
|
|
|
8298 }
|
|
|
8299 else
|
|
|
8300 #endif
|
|
|
8301 {
|
|
|
8302 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
|
|
|
8303
|
|
|
8304 /*
|
|
|
8305 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
|
|
|
8306 * screen (if there are two screens).
|
|
|
8307 */
|
|
|
8308 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
|
|
|
8309 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8310 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
|
|
|
8311 #endif
|
|
|
8312 stoptermcap();
|
|
|
8313 out_flush();
|
|
|
8314 }
|
|
|
8315 }
|
|
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 /*
|
|
|
8318 * Preserve files and exit.
|
|
|
8319 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
|
|
|
8320 */
|
|
|
8321 void
|
|
|
8322 preserve_exit()
|
|
|
8323 {
|
|
|
8324 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
8325
|
|
|
8326 prepare_to_exit();
|
|
|
8327
|
|
625
|
8328 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
|
|
|
8329 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
|
|
|
8330 really_exiting = TRUE;
|
|
|
8331
|
|
7
|
8332 out_str(IObuff);
|
|
|
8333 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
8334 out_flush();
|
|
|
8335
|
|
|
8336 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
8339 {
|
|
|
8340 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
8341 {
|
|
|
8342 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
|
|
|
8343 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
8344 out_flush();
|
|
|
8345 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
|
|
|
8346 break;
|
|
|
8347 }
|
|
|
8348 }
|
|
|
8349
|
|
|
8350 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
|
|
|
8351
|
|
|
8352 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 getout(1);
|
|
|
8355 }
|
|
|
8356
|
|
|
8357 /*
|
|
|
8358 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
|
|
|
8359 */
|
|
|
8360 int
|
|
|
8361 vim_fexists(fname)
|
|
|
8362 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
8363 {
|
|
|
8364 struct stat st;
|
|
|
8365
|
|
|
8366 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
|
|
|
8367 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8368 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8369 }
|
|
|
8370
|
|
|
8371 /*
|
|
|
8372 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
|
|
|
8373 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
|
|
|
8374 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
|
|
|
8375 * time, because it can be a system call.
|
|
|
8376 */
|
|
|
8377
|
|
|
8378 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
|
|
|
8379 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
|
|
|
8380 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
|
|
|
8381 # else
|
|
|
8382 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
|
|
|
8383 # endif
|
|
|
8384 #endif
|
|
|
8385
|
|
|
8386 static int breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8387
|
|
|
8388 void
|
|
|
8389 line_breakcheck()
|
|
|
8390 {
|
|
|
8391 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
|
|
|
8392 {
|
|
|
8393 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8394 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8395 }
|
|
|
8396 }
|
|
|
8397
|
|
|
8398 /*
|
|
|
8399 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
|
|
|
8400 */
|
|
|
8401 void
|
|
|
8402 fast_breakcheck()
|
|
|
8403 {
|
|
|
8404 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
|
|
|
8405 {
|
|
|
8406 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8407 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8408 }
|
|
|
8409 }
|
|
|
8410
|
|
|
8411 /*
|
|
|
8412 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
|
|
|
8413 * 'wildignore'.
|
|
714
|
8414 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
7
|
8415 */
|
|
|
8416 int
|
|
|
8417 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
8418 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
8419 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
8420 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
8421 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
8422 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
|
8423 {
|
|
|
8424 int retval;
|
|
|
8425 int i, j;
|
|
|
8426 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8427 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
|
|
|
8428
|
|
|
8429 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8430
|
|
|
8431 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
|
|
|
8432 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
|
|
|
8433 return retval;
|
|
|
8434
|
|
|
8435 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
|
|
|
8436 /*
|
|
|
8437 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
8438 */
|
|
|
8439 if (*p_wig)
|
|
|
8440 {
|
|
|
8441 char_u *ffname;
|
|
|
8442
|
|
|
8443 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
|
|
|
8444 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8445 {
|
|
|
8446 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
|
|
|
8447 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
8448 break;
|
|
|
8449 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8450 vms_remove_version(ffname);
|
|
|
8451 # endif
|
|
|
8452 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
|
|
|
8453 {
|
|
|
8454 /* remove this matching file from the list */
|
|
|
8455 vim_free((*file)[i]);
|
|
|
8456 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
|
|
|
8457 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
|
|
|
8458 --*num_file;
|
|
|
8459 --i;
|
|
|
8460 }
|
|
|
8461 vim_free(ffname);
|
|
|
8462 }
|
|
|
8463 }
|
|
|
8464 #endif
|
|
|
8465
|
|
|
8466 /*
|
|
|
8467 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
|
|
|
8468 */
|
|
|
8469 if (*num_file > 1)
|
|
|
8470 {
|
|
|
8471 non_suf_match = 0;
|
|
|
8472 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8473 {
|
|
|
8474 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
|
|
|
8475 {
|
|
|
8476 /*
|
|
|
8477 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
|
|
|
8478 * of the list.
|
|
|
8479 */
|
|
|
8480 p = (*file)[i];
|
|
|
8481 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
|
|
|
8482 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
|
|
|
8483 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
|
|
|
8484 }
|
|
|
8485 }
|
|
|
8486 }
|
|
|
8487
|
|
|
8488 return retval;
|
|
|
8489 }
|
|
|
8490
|
|
|
8491 /*
|
|
|
8492 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
|
|
|
8493 */
|
|
|
8494 int
|
|
|
8495 match_suffix(fname)
|
|
|
8496 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
8497 {
|
|
|
8498 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
|
|
|
8499 char_u *setsuf;
|
|
|
8500 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
|
|
|
8501 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
|
|
|
8502
|
|
|
8503 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
|
|
|
8504 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8505 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
|
|
|
8506 {
|
|
|
8507 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
|
|
|
8508 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
|
|
|
8509 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
|
|
|
8510 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
|
|
|
8511 break;
|
|
|
8512 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8513 }
|
|
|
8514 return (setsuflen != 0);
|
|
|
8515 }
|
|
|
8516
|
|
|
8517 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8518
|
|
|
8519 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8520 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
8521 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
|
|
|
8522 # endif
|
|
|
8523
|
|
|
8524 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
8525 /*
|
|
|
8526 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
|
|
|
8527 * it's shared between these systems.
|
|
|
8528 */
|
|
|
8529 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8530 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
|
|
|
8531 # else
|
|
|
8532 # ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
8533 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
8534 # endif
|
|
|
8535 # endif
|
|
|
8536
|
|
|
8537 /*
|
|
|
8538 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
|
|
|
8539 */
|
|
|
8540 static int _cdecl
|
|
|
8541 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
|
8542 {
|
|
39
|
8543 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
7
|
8544 }
|
|
|
8545
|
|
|
8546 # ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
8547 static void
|
|
|
8548 namelowcpy(
|
|
|
8549 char_u *d,
|
|
|
8550 char_u *s)
|
|
|
8551 {
|
|
|
8552 # ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
8553 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
|
|
|
8554 while (*s)
|
|
|
8555 *d++ = *s++;
|
|
|
8556 else
|
|
|
8557 # endif
|
|
|
8558 while (*s)
|
|
|
8559 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
|
|
|
8560 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
8561 }
|
|
|
8562 # endif
|
|
|
8563
|
|
|
8564 /*
|
|
445
|
8565 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
|
8566 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
7
|
8567 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8568 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
8569 * at "path[wildoff]".
|
|
445
|
8570 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8571 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
7
|
8572 */
|
|
|
8573 static int
|
|
|
8574 dos_expandpath(
|
|
|
8575 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8576 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8577 int wildoff,
|
|
445
|
8578 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
|
|
1224
|
8579 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
|
|
445
|
8580 {
|
|
|
8581 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
8582 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
8583 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
8584 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
8585 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8586 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8587 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
8588 int matches;
|
|
|
8589 int len;
|
|
|
8590 int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
|
8591 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
7
|
8592 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8593 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
|
|
|
8594 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
|
|
|
8595 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8596 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
|
|
|
8597 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
|
|
|
8598 # endif
|
|
|
8599 #else
|
|
|
8600 struct ffblk fb;
|
|
|
8601 #endif
|
|
|
8602 char_u *matchname;
|
|
445
|
8603 int ok;
|
|
|
8604
|
|
|
8605 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
|
8606 if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
|
8607 {
|
|
|
8608 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8609 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8610 return 0;
|
|
|
8611 }
|
|
7
|
8612
|
|
|
8613 /* make room for file name */
|
|
445
|
8614 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
7
|
8615 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8616 return 0;
|
|
|
8617
|
|
|
8618 /*
|
|
|
8619 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
|
|
|
8620 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8621 */
|
|
|
8622 p = buf;
|
|
|
8623 s = buf;
|
|
|
8624 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8625 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8626 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8627 {
|
|
|
8628 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8629 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8630 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8631 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8632 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8633 {
|
|
|
8634 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8635 break;
|
|
|
8636 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8637 }
|
|
|
8638 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8639 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8640 e = p;
|
|
|
8641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8642 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8643 {
|
|
474
|
8644 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
7
|
8645 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8646 p += len;
|
|
|
8647 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8648 }
|
|
|
8649 else
|
|
|
8650 #endif
|
|
|
8651 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8652 }
|
|
|
8653 e = p;
|
|
|
8654 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8655
|
|
|
8656 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
|
|
|
8657 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8658 * component. */
|
|
|
8659 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8660 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8661 {
|
|
1341
|
8662 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, STRLEN(p));
|
|
7
|
8663 --e;
|
|
|
8664 --s;
|
|
|
8665 }
|
|
|
8666
|
|
445
|
8667 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
|
8668 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
|
8669 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
8670 starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
8671
|
|
7
|
8672 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8673 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
8674 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
8675 {
|
|
|
8676 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8677 return 0;
|
|
|
8678 }
|
|
|
8679
|
|
|
8680 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
|
8681 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
8682 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
8683 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
8684
|
|
|
8685 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
8686 {
|
|
|
8687 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8688 return 0;
|
|
|
8689 }
|
|
|
8690
|
|
|
8691 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
|
|
|
8692 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
|
|
|
8693
|
|
445
|
8694 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
|
8695 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
|
8696 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
|
8697 && *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8698 {
|
|
|
8699 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
|
8700 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8701 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8702 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8703 }
|
|
|
8704
|
|
7
|
8705 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
|
|
|
8706 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
|
|
|
8707 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8708 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8709 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
|
8710 {
|
|
|
8711 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
|
|
|
8712 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
|
|
|
8713 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
|
|
|
8714 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8715 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8716 {
|
|
|
8717 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8718 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
|
8719 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
|
|
|
8720 {
|
|
|
8721 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8722 wn = NULL;
|
|
|
8723 }
|
|
|
8724 }
|
|
|
8725 }
|
|
|
8726
|
|
|
8727 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8728 # endif
|
|
|
8729 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8730 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8731 #else
|
|
|
8732 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
|
|
|
8733 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8734 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8735 #endif
|
|
|
8736
|
|
|
8737 while (ok)
|
|
|
8738 {
|
|
|
8739 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8740 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8741 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8742 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
|
|
|
8743 else
|
|
|
8744 # endif
|
|
|
8745 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
|
|
|
8746 #else
|
|
|
8747 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
|
|
|
8748 #endif
|
|
|
8749 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
|
|
|
8750 * all entries found with "matchname". */
|
|
|
8751 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
8752 && (matchname == NULL
|
|
|
8753 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)))
|
|
|
8754 {
|
|
|
8755 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8756 STRCPY(s, p);
|
|
|
8757 #else
|
|
|
8758 namelowcpy(s, p);
|
|
|
8759 #endif
|
|
|
8760 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
445
|
8761
|
|
|
8762 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
|
8763 {
|
|
|
8764 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
|
8765 * find matches. */
|
|
|
8766 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
|
8767 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
|
8768 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8769 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8770 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8771 }
|
|
|
8772
|
|
7
|
8773 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
8774 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
|
|
|
8775 {
|
|
|
8776 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
8777 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
445
|
8778 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8779 }
|
|
|
8780 else
|
|
|
8781 {
|
|
|
8782 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
8783 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8784 if (*path_end != 0)
|
|
|
8785 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
8786 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
8787 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
8788 }
|
|
|
8789 }
|
|
|
8790
|
|
|
8791 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8792 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8793 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8794 {
|
|
|
8795 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8796 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
|
|
|
8797 }
|
|
|
8798 else
|
|
|
8799 # endif
|
|
|
8800 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
|
|
|
8801 #else
|
|
|
8802 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
|
|
|
8803 #endif
|
|
|
8804
|
|
|
8805 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
|
|
|
8806 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
|
|
|
8807 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
|
|
|
8808 {
|
|
|
8809 STRCPY(s, matchname);
|
|
|
8810 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8811 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8812 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8813 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8814 {
|
|
|
8815 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8816 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8817 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8818 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8819 }
|
|
|
8820 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8821 # endif
|
|
|
8822 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8823 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8824 #else
|
|
|
8825 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8826 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8827 #endif
|
|
|
8828 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8829 matchname = NULL;
|
|
|
8830 }
|
|
|
8831 }
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8834 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8835 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8836 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8837 # endif
|
|
|
8838 #endif
|
|
|
8839 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8840 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
8841 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8842
|
|
|
8843 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
8844 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
8845 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
|
|
|
8846 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
8847 return matches;
|
|
|
8848 }
|
|
|
8849
|
|
|
8850 int
|
|
|
8851 mch_expandpath(
|
|
|
8852 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8853 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8854 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8855 {
|
|
445
|
8856 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8857 }
|
|
|
8858 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
|
|
|
8859
|
|
445
|
8860 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
|
|
|
8861 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8862 /*
|
|
|
8863 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
8864 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
|
|
|
8865 */
|
|
|
8866 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
8867
|
|
|
8868 static int
|
|
|
8869 pstrcmp(a, b)
|
|
|
8870 const void *a, *b;
|
|
|
8871 {
|
|
|
8872 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
|
8873 }
|
|
|
8874
|
|
|
8875 /*
|
|
|
8876 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
|
8877 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
|
8878 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
8879 * at "path + wildoff".
|
|
|
8880 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8881 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
|
8882 */
|
|
|
8883 int
|
|
|
8884 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
|
|
|
8885 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8886 char_u *path;
|
|
|
8887 int wildoff;
|
|
|
8888 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8889 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
|
|
|
8890 {
|
|
|
8891 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
8892 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
8893 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
8894 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
8895 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8896 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8897 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
8898 int matches;
|
|
|
8899 int len;
|
|
|
8900 int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
|
8901 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
|
8902
|
|
|
8903 DIR *dirp;
|
|
|
8904 struct dirent *dp;
|
|
|
8905
|
|
|
8906 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
|
8907 if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
|
8908 {
|
|
|
8909 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8910 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8911 return 0;
|
|
|
8912 }
|
|
|
8913
|
|
|
8914 /* make room for file name */
|
|
|
8915 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
|
8916 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8917 return 0;
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 /*
|
|
|
8920 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
|
|
|
8921 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8922 */
|
|
|
8923 p = buf;
|
|
|
8924 s = buf;
|
|
|
8925 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8926 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8927 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8928 {
|
|
|
8929 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8930 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8931 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8932 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8933 else if (*path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8934 {
|
|
|
8935 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8936 break;
|
|
|
8937 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8938 }
|
|
|
8939 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8940 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8941 e = p;
|
|
|
8942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8943 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8944 {
|
|
474
|
8945 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
445
|
8946 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8947 p += len;
|
|
|
8948 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8949 }
|
|
|
8950 else
|
|
|
8951 #endif
|
|
|
8952 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8953 }
|
|
|
8954 e = p;
|
|
|
8955 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8956
|
|
|
8957 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
|
|
|
8958 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8959 * component. */
|
|
|
8960 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8961 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8962 {
|
|
1341
|
8963 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, STRLEN(p));
|
|
445
|
8964 --e;
|
|
|
8965 --s;
|
|
|
8966 }
|
|
|
8967
|
|
|
8968 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
|
8969 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
|
8970 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
8971 starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
8972
|
|
|
8973 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
|
|
|
8974 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8975 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
8976 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
8977 {
|
|
|
8978 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8979 return 0;
|
|
|
8980 }
|
|
|
8981
|
|
|
8982 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
587
|
8983 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
445
|
8984 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
|
|
|
8985 #else
|
|
|
8986 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
|
|
|
8987 #endif
|
|
|
8988 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
8989 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
8990
|
|
|
8991 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
8992 {
|
|
|
8993 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8994 return 0;
|
|
|
8995 }
|
|
|
8996
|
|
|
8997 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
|
8998 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
|
8999 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
|
9000 && *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
9001 {
|
|
|
9002 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
|
9003 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
9004 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
9005 --stardepth;
|
|
|
9006 }
|
|
|
9007
|
|
|
9008 /* open the directory for scanning */
|
|
|
9009 *s = NUL;
|
|
|
9010 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
|
|
|
9011
|
|
|
9012 /* Find all matching entries */
|
|
|
9013 if (dirp != NULL)
|
|
|
9014 {
|
|
|
9015 for (;;)
|
|
|
9016 {
|
|
|
9017 dp = readdir(dirp);
|
|
|
9018 if (dp == NULL)
|
|
|
9019 break;
|
|
|
9020 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
9021 && vim_regexec(®match, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
9022 {
|
|
|
9023 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
|
|
|
9024 len = STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
9025
|
|
|
9026 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
|
9027 {
|
|
|
9028 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
|
9029 * find matches. */
|
|
|
9030 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
|
9031 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
|
9032 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
9033 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
9034 --stardepth;
|
|
|
9035 }
|
|
|
9036
|
|
|
9037 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
9038 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
|
|
|
9039 {
|
|
|
9040 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
9041 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
9042 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
|
9043 }
|
|
|
9044 else
|
|
|
9045 {
|
|
|
9046 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
9047 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
9048 if (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
9049 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
9050 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
9051 {
|
|
768
|
9052 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
445
|
9053 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
|
|
|
9054 char_u *precomp_buf =
|
|
|
9055 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
|
|
768
|
9056
|
|
445
|
9057 if (precomp_buf)
|
|
|
9058 {
|
|
|
9059 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
|
|
|
9060 vim_free(precomp_buf);
|
|
|
9061 }
|
|
|
9062 #endif
|
|
|
9063 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
9064 }
|
|
|
9065 }
|
|
|
9066 }
|
|
|
9067 }
|
|
|
9068
|
|
|
9069 closedir(dirp);
|
|
|
9070 }
|
|
|
9071
|
|
|
9072 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
9073 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
9074
|
|
|
9075 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
9076 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
9077 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
|
|
|
9078 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
9079 return matches;
|
|
|
9080 }
|
|
|
9081 #endif
|
|
|
9082
|
|
7
|
9083 /*
|
|
|
9084 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
9085 *
|
|
|
9086 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
|
|
|
9087 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
|
|
|
9088 *
|
|
|
9089 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
|
|
|
9090 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
|
|
|
9091 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
|
|
|
9092 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
|
|
|
9093 */
|
|
|
9094 int
|
|
|
9095 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
9096 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
9097 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
9098 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
9099 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
9100 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
9101 {
|
|
|
9102 int i;
|
|
|
9103 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
9104 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9105 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9106 int add_pat;
|
|
|
9107
|
|
|
9108 /*
|
|
|
9109 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
|
|
|
9110 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
|
|
|
9111 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
|
|
|
9112 * return FAIL.
|
|
|
9113 */
|
|
|
9114 if (recursive)
|
|
|
9115 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
9116 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
9117 #else
|
|
|
9118 return FAIL;
|
|
|
9119 #endif
|
|
|
9120
|
|
|
9121 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
9122 /*
|
|
|
9123 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
|
|
|
9124 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
|
|
|
9125 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
|
|
|
9126 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
|
|
|
9127 */
|
|
|
9128 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
|
|
|
9129 {
|
|
|
9130 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
|
|
|
9131 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9132 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
|
|
|
9133 # endif
|
|
|
9134 )
|
|
|
9135 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
9136 }
|
|
|
9137 #endif
|
|
|
9138
|
|
|
9139 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
9140
|
|
|
9141 /*
|
|
|
9142 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
|
|
|
9143 */
|
|
|
9144 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
|
|
|
9145
|
|
|
9146 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
|
|
|
9147 {
|
|
|
9148 add_pat = -1;
|
|
|
9149 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
9150
|
|
|
9151 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9152 if (vim_backtick(p))
|
|
|
9153 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
9154 else
|
|
|
9155 #endif
|
|
|
9156 {
|
|
|
9157 /*
|
|
|
9158 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
|
|
|
9159 */
|
|
|
9160 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
9161 {
|
|
1408
|
9162 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9163 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
9164 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
9165 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
9166 /*
|
|
|
9167 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
|
|
|
9168 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
|
|
|
9169 * found file names and start all over again.
|
|
|
9170 */
|
|
|
9171 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
9172 {
|
|
|
9173 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
9174 ga_clear(&ga);
|
|
|
9175 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
|
|
|
9176 flags);
|
|
|
9177 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9178 return i;
|
|
|
9179 }
|
|
|
9180 #endif
|
|
|
9181 }
|
|
|
9182
|
|
|
9183 /*
|
|
|
9184 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
|
|
|
9185 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
|
|
|
9186 * the pattern.
|
|
|
9187 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
|
|
|
9188 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
|
|
|
9189 */
|
|
|
9190 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
|
|
|
9191 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
9192 }
|
|
|
9193
|
|
|
9194 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
|
|
|
9195 {
|
|
|
9196 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
|
|
|
9197
|
|
|
9198 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
9199 slash_to_colon(t);
|
|
|
9200 #endif
|
|
|
9201 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
|
|
|
9202 * "vim c:/" work. */
|
|
|
9203 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
|
|
|
9204 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
|
|
|
9205 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
|
|
|
9206 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
|
|
|
9207 vim_free(t);
|
|
|
9208 }
|
|
|
9209
|
|
|
9210 if (p != pat[i])
|
|
|
9211 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
9212 }
|
|
|
9213
|
|
|
9214 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
9215 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
|
|
|
9216
|
|
|
9217 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9218
|
|
|
9219 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
9220 }
|
|
|
9221
|
|
|
9222 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9223
|
|
|
9224 /*
|
|
|
9225 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
|
|
|
9226 */
|
|
|
9227 static int
|
|
|
9228 vim_backtick(p)
|
|
|
9229 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9230 {
|
|
|
9231 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
|
|
|
9232 }
|
|
|
9233
|
|
|
9234 /*
|
|
|
9235 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
|
|
|
9236 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
|
|
|
9237 * Returns number of file names found.
|
|
|
9238 */
|
|
|
9239 static int
|
|
|
9240 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
|
|
|
9241 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
9242 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
9243 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
9244 {
|
|
|
9245 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9246 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
9247 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
9248 int cnt = 0;
|
|
|
9249 int i;
|
|
|
9250
|
|
|
9251 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
|
|
|
9252 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
|
|
|
9253 if (cmd == NULL)
|
|
|
9254 return 0;
|
|
|
9255
|
|
|
9256 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
9257 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
|
|
714
|
9258 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9259 else
|
|
|
9260 #endif
|
|
24
|
9261 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
|
|
|
9262 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
|
|
7
|
9263 vim_free(cmd);
|
|
|
9264 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
9265 return 0;
|
|
|
9266
|
|
|
9267 cmd = buffer;
|
|
|
9268 while (*cmd != NUL)
|
|
|
9269 {
|
|
|
9270 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
|
|
|
9271 p = cmd;
|
|
|
9272 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
|
|
|
9273 ++p;
|
|
|
9274 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
|
|
|
9275 if (p > cmd)
|
|
|
9276 {
|
|
|
9277 i = *p;
|
|
|
9278 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
9279 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
|
|
|
9280 *p = i;
|
|
|
9281 ++cnt;
|
|
|
9282 }
|
|
|
9283 cmd = p;
|
|
|
9284 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
|
|
|
9285 ++cmd;
|
|
|
9286 }
|
|
|
9287
|
|
|
9288 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
9289 return cnt;
|
|
|
9290 }
|
|
|
9291 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
|
|
|
9292
|
|
|
9293 /*
|
|
|
9294 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
|
|
|
9295 * EW_DIR add directories
|
|
|
9296 * EW_FILE add files
|
|
716
|
9297 * EW_EXEC add executable files
|
|
7
|
9298 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
|
|
|
9299 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
|
|
|
9300 */
|
|
|
9301 void
|
|
|
9302 addfile(gap, f, flags)
|
|
|
9303 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
9304 char_u *f; /* filename */
|
|
|
9305 int flags;
|
|
|
9306 {
|
|
|
9307 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9308 int isdir;
|
|
|
9309
|
|
|
9310 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
|
|
|
9311 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
|
|
|
9312 return;
|
|
|
9313
|
|
|
9314 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
|
|
|
9315 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
|
|
|
9316 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
|
|
|
9317 return;
|
|
|
9318 #endif
|
|
|
9319
|
|
|
9320 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
|
|
|
9321 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
|
|
|
9322 return;
|
|
|
9323
|
|
716
|
9324 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
|
|
|
9325 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
|
|
|
9326 return;
|
|
|
9327
|
|
7
|
9328 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
|
|
|
9329 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
9330 return;
|
|
|
9331
|
|
|
9332 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
|
|
|
9333 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
9334 return;
|
|
|
9335
|
|
|
9336 STRCPY(p, f);
|
|
|
9337 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
9338 slash_adjust(p);
|
|
|
9339 #endif
|
|
|
9340 /*
|
|
|
9341 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
|
|
|
9342 */
|
|
|
9343 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
|
|
|
9344 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
|
|
|
9345 add_pathsep(p);
|
|
|
9346 #endif
|
|
|
9347 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
|
9348 }
|
|
|
9349 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
|
|
|
9350
|
|
|
9351 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
9352
|
|
|
9353 #ifndef SEEK_SET
|
|
|
9354 # define SEEK_SET 0
|
|
|
9355 #endif
|
|
|
9356 #ifndef SEEK_END
|
|
|
9357 # define SEEK_END 2
|
|
|
9358 #endif
|
|
|
9359
|
|
|
9360 /*
|
|
|
9361 * Get the stdout of an external command.
|
|
|
9362 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
|
|
|
9363 */
|
|
|
9364 char_u *
|
|
24
|
9365 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
|
|
7
|
9366 char_u *cmd;
|
|
24
|
9367 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
|
|
7
|
9368 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
|
|
|
9369 {
|
|
|
9370 char_u *tempname;
|
|
|
9371 char_u *command;
|
|
|
9372 char_u *buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
9373 int len;
|
|
|
9374 int i = 0;
|
|
|
9375 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
9376
|
|
|
9377 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
|
|
|
9378 return NULL;
|
|
|
9379
|
|
|
9380 /* get a name for the temp file */
|
|
|
9381 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
|
|
|
9382 {
|
|
|
9383 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
9384 return NULL;
|
|
|
9385 }
|
|
|
9386
|
|
|
9387 /* Add the redirection stuff */
|
|
24
|
9388 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
|
|
7
|
9389 if (command == NULL)
|
|
|
9390 goto done;
|
|
|
9391
|
|
|
9392 /*
|
|
|
9393 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
|
|
|
9394 * Don't check timestamps here.
|
|
|
9395 */
|
|
|
9396 ++no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
9397 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
|
|
|
9398 --no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
9399
|
|
|
9400 vim_free(command);
|
|
|
9401
|
|
|
9402 /*
|
|
|
9403 * read the names from the file into memory
|
|
|
9404 */
|
|
|
9405 # ifdef VMS
|
|
1224
|
9406 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
|
|
7
|
9407 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
|
|
|
9408 # else
|
|
|
9409 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
|
|
|
9410 # endif
|
|
|
9411
|
|
|
9412 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
9413 {
|
|
|
9414 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
|
|
|
9415 goto done;
|
|
|
9416 }
|
|
|
9417
|
|
|
9418 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
|
|
|
9419 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
|
|
|
9420 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
9421
|
|
|
9422 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
9423 if (buffer != NULL)
|
|
|
9424 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
|
|
|
9425 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
9426 mch_remove(tempname);
|
|
|
9427 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
9428 goto done;
|
|
|
9429 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
9430 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
|
|
|
9431 #endif
|
|
|
9432 if (i != len)
|
|
|
9433 {
|
|
|
9434 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
|
|
|
9435 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
9436 buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
9437 }
|
|
|
9438 else
|
|
|
9439 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
|
|
|
9440
|
|
|
9441 done:
|
|
|
9442 vim_free(tempname);
|
|
|
9443 return buffer;
|
|
|
9444 }
|
|
|
9445 #endif
|
|
|
9446
|
|
|
9447 /*
|
|
|
9448 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
|
|
|
9449 * functions.
|
|
|
9450 */
|
|
|
9451 void
|
|
|
9452 FreeWild(count, files)
|
|
|
9453 int count;
|
|
|
9454 char_u **files;
|
|
|
9455 {
|
|
838
|
9456 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
|
|
7
|
9457 return;
|
|
|
9458 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
|
|
|
9459 /*
|
|
|
9460 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
|
|
|
9461 * been used???
|
|
|
9462 */
|
|
|
9463 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
|
|
|
9464 #else
|
|
|
9465 while (count--)
|
|
|
9466 vim_free(files[count]);
|
|
|
9467 vim_free(files);
|
|
|
9468 #endif
|
|
|
9469 }
|
|
|
9470
|
|
|
9471 /*
|
|
|
9472 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
|
|
|
9473 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
|
|
|
9474 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
|
|
|
9475 */
|
|
|
9476 int
|
|
|
9477 goto_im()
|
|
|
9478 {
|
|
|
9479 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
|
|
|
9480 }
|
